Volkswagen Golf 2015 Repair Manual - Electrical Equipment

Service
Repair Manual
Golf 2015 ➤
Golf Variant 2015 ➤
lk
a sw ge
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
Electrical Equipment
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
Edition 12.2015 au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
urposes, in part or in wh
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Service Department. Technical Information

olksw
agen Service
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
byV gu
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Repair Group
wit
, is n
h re
00 - General, Technical Data
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control
t to the co
90 - Instruments
92 - Wiper/Washer Systems
rrectness of i
94 - Exterior Lights, Switches
l purpos
96 - Interior Lights, Switches
nf
ercia
97 - Wiring
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.
All rights reserved.

No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.
Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B80416634

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015
Contents
00 - General, Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Start/Stop System Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Safety Precautions, Road Test with Testing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 Repair Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.1 Contact Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.2 Wire Routing and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.1 Battery, General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3.2 Battery Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

1 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.1 Overview - Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2 Battery, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.4 Battery Tray, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.5 Battery, Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.6 Battery, Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.7 Ground Cable with Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Removing and Installing . . 11
1.8 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Adapting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2 Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1 Overview - Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.3 Generator, Checking agen
A.G.. V. o.lk.s.w.ag. e.n.A.G.d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
oes
22
ksw
2.4 Ribbed Belt byVPulley, Removing and Installing
ol not . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gu 22
d ar
2.5 Voltage orisRegulator, Removing and Installing . .a.nt.e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
e 27
th eo
3 Starter
ss au . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r a.c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.1 Overview - Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ce
le
un
pt
3.2 Starter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

an
d
itte
y li
rm
4 Cruise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

ab
pe
ility
5 Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
ot
wit
, is n
5.1 General Description for Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

h re
hole
spec
5.2 Component Location Overview - Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

es, in part or in w
6 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

t to the co
6.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

6.2 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise Control, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
rrectness of i
6.3 Adaptive Cruise Control, Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

l purpos
7 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
90 - Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
nform
ercia
1 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
m
a
com
ti
1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

on in
r
1.2 Instrument Cluster KX2 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

te o
thi
s
iva
do
2 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
r
rp
cum
2.1 Overview - Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
2.2 High Tone Horn H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
92 - Wiper/Washer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
1 Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote AG.
53
Contents i
1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

1.2 Wiper, Moving Into Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1.6 Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1.7 Windshield Wiper Motor, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
1.8 Windshield Wiper Motor, Deactivating Alternating Park Position Function . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.9 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
2 Windshield Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
2.5 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . a. g.e.n .A.G.. V. o.lk.sw . a. g.e.n.A.G.do. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
sw es
2.6 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . y.V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .no.t .gu. . . . . . . . . .
o lk 75
d b ara
e
3 Rear Window Wiper System . . . . . . . h.or.is. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .nt.ee. . . . . . 76
t o
3.1 Overview - Rear Window Wiper System au . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .r a.c . . . 76
ss
3.2 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
ce
le
un
pt
3.3 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
an
d
itte
y li
3.4 Wiper Arm, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
rm
ab
pe
ility
3.5 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ot
wit
, is n
4 Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
h re
hole
4.1 Overview - Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.3 Rear Window Washer Pump, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.4 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
rrectness of i
4.5 Spray Nozzle, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
5 Headlamp Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
l purpos
5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

nform
ercia
5.3 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

m
a
5.4 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
com
tion in
5.5 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
r
te o
thi
5.6 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

s
iva
do
r
rp
6 Washer Fluid Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

um
fo
en
g
6.1 Washer Fluid Hoses, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

n
t.
yi Co
op py
7 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
94 - Exterior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
1.1 Overview - Headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
1.4 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
1.5 Left/Right Front Turn Signal Bulb M5 / M7 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
1.6 Headlamp Housing Repair Kit, Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
1.7 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
1.8 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 111
1.9 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
1.10 Left/Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb M30 / M32 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 114
1.11 Left/Right HID Headlamp Bulb L13 / L14 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
1.12 Left/Right Position Lamp Bulb M1 / M3 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
1.13 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb L174 / L175 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 118
ii Contents
1.14 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module L176 / L177 , Removing
and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
1.15 Left/Right Low Beam Headlamp Reflector Motor V294 / V295 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 119
1.16 Left/Right Cornering Lamp Bulb L148 / L149 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
1.17 Left/Right HID Headlamp Control Module J343 / J344 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 120
1.18 Left/Right Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 / J668 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 121
1.19 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module J860 / J861 , Removing
and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
1.20 Sensor for Left/Right Variable Headlamp Positioning Motor G695 / G696 , Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
1.21 Left/Right Variable Headlamp agenPositioning Motor
AG. Volkswagen AG d V446 / V447 , Removing and Installing . .
oes 123
lksw not
1.22 Left/Right Swivel Module by Vo Position Sensor G474 / G475 gu , Removing and Installing . . . . . .
ar 123
d
1.23 Left/Right Adaptiverise Cornering Lamp Motor V318 / V319 a, nRemoving tee and Installing . . . . . . 124
ho
ut or
2 Fog Lampsss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a a 125
2.1 Overview - Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
itte
y li
erm
2.3 Left/Right Front Fog Lamp Bulb L22 / L23 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
ab
ility
ot p
3 Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
wit
, is n
3.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
h re
hole
spec
3.2 Turn Signal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
es, in part or in w
3.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Entry Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
t to the co
4 Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
4.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
rrectness of i
4.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
l purpos
4.3 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

4.4 Tail Lamp, Correcting Installed Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
4.5 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
nf
ercia
or
4.6 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb M2 / M4 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . m
145
m
atio
m
4.7 Left/Right Rear Fog Lamp Bulb L46 / L47 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
o
n in
c
4.8 Left/Right Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb M21 / M22 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
or
thi
te
4.9 Back-Up Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
4.10 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

o
m
f
en
ng
5 High-Mounted Brake Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

t.
yi Co
op py
5.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
5.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
6 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote AG.
161
6.1 Left/Right License Plate Lamp X4 / X5 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
6.2 Left/Right License Plate Lamp Bulb X4 / X5 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
7 Access/Start Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
7.1 Component Location Overview - Access/Start Authorization System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
7.2 Component Location Overview - Keyless Access Authorization System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
7.3 Access/Start System Interface J965 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
7.4 Driver Exterior and Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor G415 / G416 ,
Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
7.5 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 173
7.6 Driver Access/Start System Antenna R134 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
7.7 Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna R135 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 173
7.8 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment R137 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 174
7.9 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 175
8 Steering Column Switch Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
8.2 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
8.3 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
8.4 Ignition/Starter Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Contents iii
8.5 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

8.6 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 187
8.7 Turn Signal Switch E2 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
8.8 Cruise Control Switch E45 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
8.9 Windshield Wiper Intermittent Mode Switch E22 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
8.10 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil D2 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
8.11 Steering Lock Housing, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
9 Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
9.1 Overview - Parking Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
9.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
9.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
9.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
9.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
9.6 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
10 Parallel Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
10.1 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
10.2 Control Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
10.3 Front Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
10.4 Rear Sensor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
11 Automatic Headlamp Range Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
11.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
11.2 Control Module for Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range, Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
12 Trailer Hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
12.1 Overview - Trailer gHitchen AG.Socket
Volkswage.n.A.G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
swa do
12.2 Trailer Socket y VolkU10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .e.s n. o.t .g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
b ua
12.3 TowingrisRecognition
ed Control Module J345 , Removing ran
tee and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
ho
13 Blinda Spot Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ut or
217
ss
13.1 Overview - Blind Spot Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
ce
e
nl
pt
13.2 Blind Spot Detection Warning Lamp in Left/Right Exterior Mirror K303 / K304 , Removing and
du
an
itte
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
y li
erm
ab
13.3 Blind Spot Detection Control Module J1086 / Blind Spot Detection Control Module 2 J1087 ,
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
13.4 Blind Spot Detection, Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

hole
spec
14 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

es, in part or in w
t to the co
96 - Interior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

1 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
rrectness of i
1.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

l purpos
1.2 Component Location Overview - Front Door Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

1.3 Component Location Overview - Rear Door Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.4 Component Location Overview - Center Console Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
nf
ercia
or
1.5 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

m
m
atio
m
1.6 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

o
n in
c
1.7 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

or
thi
te
sd
1.8 Bulb for Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

iva
o
r
rp
cu
1.9 Left/Right Front Footwell Lamp K268 / K269 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
o
m
f
en
ng
1.10 Left/Right Front Footwell Illumination Bulb L151 / L152 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 244
t.
yi Co
op
1.11 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp K133 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
1.12 Left/Right Front Entry Lamp W31 / W32 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
p by
co Vo
by lksw
1.13 Entry Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cted 246
agen
Prote AG.
1.14 Driver/Front Passenger Door Warning Lamp W30 / W36 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 246
1.15 Driver/Front Passenger Door Opener Illumination Bulb L108 / L109 , Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
1.16 Left/Right Front Door Ambient Lighting Bulb 2 L203 / L204 , Removing and Installing . . . . 247
1.17 Left/Right Rear Entry Lamp W33 / W34 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
iv Contents
1.18 Left/Right Rear Door Warning Lamp W37 / W38 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
1.19 Selector Lever Transmission Range Position Display Unit Y26 , Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 248
1.20 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
1.21 Bulb for Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
1.22 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . 250
1.23 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14 Bulb, Removing and Installing . . 251
1.24 Front Interior Lamp W1 Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
1.25 Rear Interior Lamp W43 Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
1.26 Left/Right Rear Reading Lamp W11 / W12 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
1.27 Left/Right Rear Interior Lamp W47 / W48 , Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Luggage Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
2.6 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
2.7 Rotary Light Switch EX1 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2.8 Headlamp Range Control Adjuster E102 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
2.9 Driving Profile Selection Button E735 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
2.10 Start/Stop Mode Button E693 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
2.11 ASR/ESP Button E256 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
2.12 Parking Aid Button E266 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
2.13 Parallel Parking Assistance Button E581 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
2.14 Center Console Switch Module 1 and 2 EX23 / EX30 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 267
2.15 Emergency Flasher Switch EX3 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
2.16 Left/Right Seat Heating Button E653 / E654 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
2.17 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
2.18 Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster EX11 AG. Volkswagen AG dInstalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
agen, Removing and oes 269
lksw no
2.19 Power Window Control Headd bin y VDriver Door E512 , Removing tand
o gu Installing . . . . . . . . . .
ara 270
e
2.20 Front Passenger Power hWindow oris Button E716 , Removing and Installing nte
eo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
ut
2.21 Driver Interior Locking ss aButton E308 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . r.ac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
2.22 Interior Monitoring And Vehicle Inclination Deactivation Button E616 , Removing and
ce
le
un
pt
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
an
d
itte
y li
2.23 Driver and Front Passenger Door Contact Switch F2 / F3 , Removing and Installing . . . . 273
rm
ab
pe
2.24 Driver and Passenger Side Rear Power Window Button E711 / E713 , Removing and
ility
ot
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
wit
, is n
h re
2.25 Left/Right Rear Door Contact Switch F10 / F11 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
hole
spec
2.26 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.27 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

2.28 Driver and Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp Contact Switch F147 / F148 , Removing and
Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
rrectness of i
2.29 Sunroof Button E325 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

2.30 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
l purpos
2.31 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

2.32 Left/Right Front Reading Lamp Button E633 / E634 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 277
nform
ercia
3 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

m
a
com
3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

i
278
on in
r
3.2 Alarm Horn H12 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

te o
thi
s
iva
3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor G578 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
do
r
rp
cum
4 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

fo
en
ng
t.
4.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
yi Co
Cop py
.
5 Cigarette Lighter and Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
ht rig
rig ht
py by
5.1 Overview - Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
5.2 Cigarette Lighter U1 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prote
285
AG.
Contents v
5.3 Socket Illumination Bulb L42 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

5.4 Rear Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb L32 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
5.5 Socket U , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
5.6 Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V U13 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
6 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
97 - Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
1 Relay Carriers, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Carriers, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes . . . . . . . . . . 288
1.2 E-Box, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
1.4 Relay and Fuse Carrier Behind Instrument Panel on Driver Side, Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 294
2 Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
2.1 Component Location Overview - Control Modules . .en. A. G . ..V.o.lk.sw
. a. g.e.n.A.G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
ag do
2.2 Overview - Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . .V.ol.ks.w. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .es. n.o.t g. . . . . . . . . . . 298
by ua
2.3 Overview - Data Bus On Board Diagnostic ris
edInterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.an. . . . . . . .
te 299
o
2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module aut
h J519 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . .e o. . . . .
ra 299
ss c
2.5 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
ce
e
nl
2.6 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . 301
pt
du
an
itte
2.7 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Bracket, Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
y li
erm
ab
2.8 Parking Aid Control Module J446 / Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module J791 Bracket,
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
hole
spec
3.1 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4 Connector Housings, Releasing and Disassembling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
5 Antenna Wires, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
rrectness of i
6 Fiber-Optic Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
7 Vehicle Diagnostic Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
l purpos
8 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
vi Contents
00 – General, Technical Data

1 Safety Precautions
(Edition 12.2015)
⇒ “1.1 Start/Stop System Safety Precautions”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Safety Precautions, Road Test with Testing Equipment”,
page 1
⇒ “1.3 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions”,en AG. Volkswagen AG
page 2 olks
wag does
no
yV t gu
db ara
1.1 Start/Stop System Safety Precautions tho
rise nte
eo
au ra
Pay Attention to the following When Working
ss on Vehicles with a c
ce
le
Start/Stop System:
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
WARNING
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Danger of personal injury because the engine can start auto‐
h re
ole,
matically on vehicles with Stop/Start System.
spec
♦ If necessary, the engine can be started automatically on
t to the co
vehicles with an activated Start/Stop System. A message
will appear in the instrument cluster.
rrectne
♦ Make sure that the Start/Stop System is deactivated when
operating on the vehicle (turn off ignition, turn on ignition
again if necessary).
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
1.2 Safety Precautions, Road Test with
atio
m
Testing Equipment
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
If Measuring Equipment Are Required during a Test Drive, Ob‐

sd
iva
o
r
serve the Following:

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
WARNING C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Distraction and inadequately secured measuring equipment
c by lksw
cted agen
poses an accident risk. Prote AG.
There is a risk due to deployment of the front passenger airbag

in an accident.
• Operating measuring equipment while driving creates a
distraction.
• Unsecured measuring equipment can cause injuries.
♦ Always secure measuring equipment with a strap on the
rear seat and have a second person in the rear seat op‐
erate it.
1. Safety Precautions 1
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
1.3 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Pre‐ tho
ir se tee
or
cautions au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
Never Change a Headlamp Bulb If You Are Not Familiar with the
du
an
itte
Corresponding Steps, Safety Precautions and the Tool.
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
WARNING
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
Life-threatening danger due to high voltage. es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ It is necessary to disconnect the battery wire strap before
working on HID headlamp components. These parts are
marked with yellow high voltage symbols.
rrectness of i
♦ Then switch the low beams on and back off. This removes
l purpos
any possible residual voltage.

♦ Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment and re‐
nform
ercia
move the ignition key.

m
♦ The HID lamp control module should never be operated
at
om
io
without an HID headlamp bulb.
n
c
in t
or
his
e
♦ Due to the high voltage, the HID headlamp bulb can only
at
do
riv
be operated inside the headlamp housing. When ignited,

p
cum
or
a HID headlamp bulb operates at over 28000 V).

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
WARNING
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Risk of injury from burning, UV rays, blinding and explosion.

♦ Due the high temperatures, absorption of UV rays, and the
risk of blinding, the HID headlamp bulb should only be op‐
erated inside the headlamp housing.
♦ Do not look into the beam of light. It may interfere with the
ability to see for a significant period of time.
♦ HID headlamp bulbs are under pressure and can crack
when bulbs are replaced.
♦ Always wear safety glasses and gloves when removing
and installing HID bulbs.
WARNING
Pollution risk.
♦ HID headlamp bulbs are hazardous waste. They contain
metallic mercury (Hg) and traces of thallium.
♦ Do not destroy HID headlamp bulbs and avoid contact with
burst glass bulbs.
♦ Observe disposal regulations.
♦ Dispose of HID headlamp bulbs in suitable containers at
an authorized collection site.
2 Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data

Caution
♦ Do not touch HID headlamp bulb glass cones with bare

hands. The remaining fingerprint would evaporate due to
the heat of the operated bulb and condense on the reflec‐
tor which would impair headlamp luminosity. Use clean
cloth gloves to insert the HID headlamp bulb.
♦ Only replace faulty HID headlamp bulbs with the same
version of lamp. Bulb identification can be found on bulb
socket or on the glass cone.
♦ Connectors must engage correctly when installed and
must be checked for proper connection.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Safety Precautions 3
2 Repair Information
⇒ “2.1 Contact Corrosion”, page 4
⇒ “2.2 Wire Routing and Securing”, page 4
2.1 Contact Corrosion

Contact corrosion can occur if incorrect fasteners (bolts, nuts,
washers) are used.
For this reason, only fasteners with a special surface coating are wage
es n
s
used. yV
olk ot g
u b ara
ed nte
In addition, rubber or plastic parts and adhesive are made thof
or ma‐
is
e or
terial that does not conduct electricity. sa
u ac
s
ce
e
If there are doubts as to whether parts are suitable or not, use
nl
pt
new parts. Refer to Parts Catalog. du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Observe:
ility
ot p
wit
♦ Use only original replacement parts that have been tested and
, is n
h re
are compatible with aluminum.
hole
spec
♦ Use only Volkswagen accessories.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Damage resulting from contact corrosion is not covered by
warranty.
rrectness of i
2.2 Wire Routing and Securing
l purpos
Wires should be marked before they are removed to prevent con‐

fusing them and to guarantee the installation position. This also
nf
ercia
includes fuel lines, hydraulic lines, vacuum lines, EVAP systems
or
and electrical lines. Make sketches or take photos if necessary.
m
m
atio
om
Due to the restricted space in the engine compartment, make sure
n in
or c
to allow for sufficient clearance to all moving or hot components
thi
te
sd
to avoid damaging the wires.
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4 Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data

3 Battery
⇒ “3.1 Battery, General Information”, page 5
⇒ “3.2 Battery Types”, page 5
3.1 Battery, General Information

All instructions and information on this chapter. Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery;
Battery - General Information .
3.2 Battery Types

trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery;
Battery Types .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Battery 5
27 – Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

1 Battery
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Battery”, page 6
⇒ “1.2 Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 7
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 9
⇒ “1.4 Battery Tray, Removing and Installing”, page 10
⇒ “1.5 Battery, Checking”, page 11
⇒ “1.6 Battery, Charging”, page 11 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
⇒ “1.7 Ground Cable with Battery MonitoringbyControl
V o l Module not
gu
ara
J367 , Removing and Installing”, page 11rise d
nte
ho eo
ut
⇒ “1.8 Battery Monitoring Control Module
ss a J367 , Adapting”, page ra
c
12
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
1.1 Overview - Battery

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
1 - Bracket
, is n
h re
hole
2 - Bolt
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Tightening specifica‐
t to the co
tion: 15 Nm
3 - Nut
rrectness of i
tion: 6 Nm
l purpos
4 - Positive Cable
nform
ercia
❑ With battery terminal

m
❑ Disconnecting and con‐ a

com
tio
necting. Refer to
n in
r
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Discon‐

te o
thi
necting and Connect‐

s
iva
do
ing”, page 9 .
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
5 - Cap
n
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ For positive wire t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
6 - Heat Shield
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7 - Cover
❑ For positive terminal
8 - Cover
❑ For negative terminal
9 - Connector
❑ For Battery Monitoring
Control Module - J367-
❑ Follow the sequence
when connecting the
ground cable. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Discon‐
necting and Connect‐
ing”, page 9 .
10 - Nut
❑ Tightening specification: 9 Nm.
6 Rep. Gr.27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control

11 - Ground Wire
12 - Nut
❑ Tightening specification: 20 Nm
13 - Ground Wire
❑ With battery terminal and Battery agMonitoring
en AG. V
olkswControl
agen AG Module - J367-
does
lksw not
❑ Removing and installing.d bRefer
yV
o
to gu
ara
⇒ “1.7 Ground Cableorwith
ise Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 nte , Removing and Installing”,
page 11 . aut
h eo
ra
s c
❑ Disconnecting and s
connecting. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 9 .
ce
le
un
pt
❑ Adapt the Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- . Refer to
an
d
itte
⇒ “1.8 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Adapting”, page 12
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
14 - Battery - A-
ot
wit
, is n
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 7 .
h re
hole
❑ Disconnecting and connecting. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 9 .
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Replacing on a vehicle with the Start/Stop System ⇒ page 8
t to the co
15 - Battery Tray
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Battery Tray, Removing and Installing”, page 10 .
rrectness of i
16 - Nut
l purpos
nform
ercia
17 - Bolt
m
a
com
tio
❑ Quantity: 3
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
1.2 Battery, Removing and Installing
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Special tools and workshop equipment required
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331-
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
♦ Torque Wrench 1783 - 2-10Nm - VAG1783-
AG.
WARNING
Pay attentions when working on the battery to the warning

messages and safety precautions. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery .
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
– Remove the ignition key, if equipped.
– Open the heat protection sleeve cover.
1. Battery 7
– Open the cover -4- over the battery negative terminal.

– Loosen the nut -6- a few turns and disconnect the battery
ground cable terminal clamp -5- from the battery negative ter‐
minal.
– Open the cover -3- over the battery positive terminal.
– Loosen the nut -2- several turns and remove the battery pos‐
itive cable terminal -1- from the battery positive terminal.
– Pull the heat protection sleeve -4- slightly upward.
– Remove the bolt -2- from the bracket -1-.
– Remove the bracket -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o eo
– Remove the Battery - A- -3- in the direction of
aut travel from the
h
ra
battery tray and lift it upward out of the engine compartment. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Installing
an
d
itte
y li
rm
Install in the reverse order of removal while paying attention to
ab
pe
ility
the following:
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Caution
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If the battery is not secured properly, the following risks can
occur:
♦ Shortened service life due to vibration damage (explosion
rrectness of i
hazard).
l purpos
♦ If the battery is not secured properly, the plates within the

battery can be damaged.
nform
ercia
♦ Damage to the battery housing caused by bracket (pos‐

m
sible electrolyte leakage, high subsequent costs). a

com
tion in
♦ Inadequate crash safety.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Only maintenance-free batteries conforming to standards

en
ng
t.
yi
“TL82506” (from December 1997) and “VW75073” (from August
Co
op py
2001) may be installed. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
Batteries from the replacement parts program have a base strip
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
adapter for adapting to different clamping strips. Information on Prote AG.
whether and how to use the base strip adapter. Refer to the Bat‐
tery Owner's Manual.
Vehicles with Start/Stop System
Vehicles with the Start/Stop System have a special Battery - A-
due to the increased load on the cycles.
When replacing the Battery - A- , pay attention to the replacement
part identification. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
Batteries for vehicles with the Start/Stop System have “AGM” (Ab‐
sorbent Glass Mat) or “EFB” (Enhanced Flooded Battery) marked
on them.
Continuation for All Vehicles

– Insert the Battery - A- into the battery tray -1- so that the battery
base strip touches the rear and side stop -arrows-.
• It must not be possible to slide the Battery - A- rearward or to
the side.
– Install the bracket -1-.

• The tab -arrow- on the bracket -1- must fit into the opening on
the battery clamping strip.
– Tighten the bolt -2- for the bracket -1-.
– Checking the Battery - A- for secure seating.
Turn off the Ignition and All Electrical Consumers, and Connect
the Battery - A- in the Following Sequence:
– Install the battery positive cable terminal -3- on the battery
positive terminal “+”.
– Tighten the nut -4-.
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 9 .
When the battery is replaced the Battery Monitoring Control Mod‐
n AG. Volkswagen AG
ule - J367- must be adapted. Refer to lkswage does
not
Vo
⇒ “1.8 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 ed b,
y Adapting”, page gu
ara
12 . thoris nte
eo
au ra
Tightening Specifications ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Battery”, page 6
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
1.3 Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
Follow all safety precautions when working on pyrotechnic

l purpos
components:
♦ When working on pyrotechnic components (airbag, belt
nf
ercia
tensioner), it is necessary to disconnect the battery with

or
the ignition turned on, contrary to the following descrip‐

m
m
atio
tion . Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Safety

om
n in
Precautions; Pyrotechnic Components Safety Precau‐

or c
tions .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Disconnecting
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Open the heat protection sleeve cover.
– Open the cover -1- over the battery negative terminal.
1. Battery 9
– Loosen the nut -3- several turns and remove the battery
ground cable terminal clamp -2- from the battery terminal.
Connecting
Pay attention to the following when disconnecting the Battery -
A- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
– Release and disconnect the connector -2- from the Battery
ce
le
un
Monitoring Control Module - J367- -3-.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Install the battery ground cable terminal clamp by hand on the
erm
ab
battery negative terminal “–”.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Tighten the nut -1- to the tightening specification.
h re
ole,
spec
– Reconnect the connector -2- to the Battery Monitoring Control
Module - J367- .
t to the co
– Turn on the ignition.
– Check the time and if necessary adjust.
rrectne
– Window, open and close all the way.
ss
– Then, with the windows closed, pull the power window switch
o
cial p
f i
until the relay audibly switches.
nform
mer
– Check the window regulator convenience switch.

atio
om
n
c
While comfort switching is operated, window must close without

i
or
n thi
holding the power window switch.

te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
After connecting the power supply, the ASR/ESP Indicator Lamp
ht
pyri by
Vo
- K155- may only go out after the vehicle has been driven a few
co lksw
by
cted agen
yards. Prote AG.
Tightening Specifications
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Battery”, page 6
1.4 Battery Tray, Removing and Installing

Removing
– If necessary, remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep.
Gr. 23 ; Air Filter; Air Filter Housing, Removing and Installing
or ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Air Filter; Air Filter Housing, Removing and
Installing .
– Remove the Battery - A- . Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 7 .

– Free up the wiring harness from the battery tray -arrows-.
– Remove the bolts and nut -2-.

– Remove the battery tray -1-.
Installing
olkswagen AG
Install in reverse order of removal.
swa
gen AG
.V
does
k not
Vol gu
Tightening Specifications sed by ara
nte
ri
ho eo
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview
aut - Battery”, page 6 ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
1.5 Battery, Checking
h re
hole
spec
Checking the battery. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General
es, in part or in w
Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery, Checking .

t to the co
The Battery - A- is checked in the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic
Interface - J533- OBD using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester in
rrectness of i
“Guided Fault Finding” mode.

l purpos
1.6 Battery, Charging

Battery charging. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment General Infor‐
nform
ercia
mation; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Battery, Charging .

m
at
om
1.7 Ground Cable with Battery Monitoring

on
c
in t
or
Control Module - J367- , Removing and

his
ate
do
riv
Installing
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Removing cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the Battery - A- . Refer to

⇒ “1.2 Battery, Removing and Installing”, page 7 .
1. Battery 11
– Release and disconnect the connector -2- from the Battery

– Remove the nut -1- for the ground cable -2-.

– Remove the nut -3- and remove the ground cable with Battery
Installing
the following:
– Adapt the Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- . Refer
to
⇒ “1.8 Battery Monitoring Control Module J367 , Adapting”,
page 12 .
Tightening Specifications olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Battery”,
ir se page 6
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
1.8 Battery Monitoring Control Module -

, is n
h re
J367- , Adapting
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
After installing a new start battery or a new Battery Monitoring

Control Module - J367- the Battery Monitoring Control Module -
J367- must be adapted.
rrectness of i
– Adapt the Battery Monitoring Control Module - J367- using the

Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Generator
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Generator”, page 13
⇒ “2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing”,
wagpage
en AG.15
Volkswagen AG
does
ks not
Vol gu
⇒ “2.3 Generator, Checking”, pageed22
by ara
nte
is
or eo
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt Pulley, Removing
au
th and Installing”, page 22 ra
ss c
⇒ “2.5 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 27
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
2.1 Overview - Generator
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Generator without Bushings”, page 13
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Generator with Bushings”, page 14
hole
spec
2.1.1 Overview - Generator without Bushings
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Bolt
rrectness of i
❑ 23 Nm
l purpos
❑ Quantity: 4
2 - Generator - C-
nform
ercia
❑ Removing and instal‐

m
ling. Refer to
at
om
io
⇒ “2.2 Generator, Re‐
n
c
in t
r
moving and Installing”,

o
his
te
page 15 .
a
do
priv
c
❑ Checking. Refer to
um
for
en
g
⇒ “2.3 Generator,
n
t.
yi Co
Checking”, page 22 . t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ Ribbed belt pulley, re‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
moving and installing.
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Refer to Prote AG.
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt Pul‐
ley, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 22 .
❑ Voltage Regulator -
C1- , removing and in‐
stalling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Voltage Regula‐
tor, Removing and In‐
3 - Connector
4 - Terminal 30/B+
5 - Cap
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
2. Generator 13
2.1.2 Overview - Generator with Bushings
1 - Generator - C-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Generator, Re‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 15 . ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
❑ Checking. Refer d bto
y gu
ara
⇒ “2.3 Generator, rise nte
ho eo
Checking”, s a page 22 .
ut ra
c
s
❑ Ribbed belt pulley, re‐
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Refer to
y li
rm
ab
⇒ “2.4 Ribbed Belt Pul‐
pe
ility
ley, Removing and In‐
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
❑ Voltage Regulator -
spec
C1- , Removing and in‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
stalling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Voltage Regula‐
tor, Removing and In‐
rrectness of i
2 - Bolt
l purpos
❑ 23 Nm
nform
ercia
❑ Quantity: 2
m
3 - Bushing
a
com
tion in
❑ Quantity: 2
r
te o
thi
❑ Because the clamping

s
iva
do
force of a tight bushing

r
rp
cum
is too low despite the

fo
en
g
correct torque, loosen

n
t.
yi Co
op
the bushings C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
4 - Connector cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
5 - Cap
AG.
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Terminal 30/B+
8 - Nut
❑ 3.2 Nm
❑ Not installed in all vehicles
9 - Wire Clamp
10 - Threaded Pin
❑ 3.2 Nm

2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing

⇒ “2.2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 2.0L
TSI Engine”, page 16
⇒ “2.2.3 Generator, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 1.8L
TSI-Engine”, page 18
⇒ “2.2.5 Generator, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with TDI
Engine”, page 20
2.2.1 Generator, Removing and Installing,

1.4L TSI Engine
Removing
– Disconnect the Battery - A- . Refer to
– Remove the ribbed belt. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ; Cylinder
Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the ribbed belt tensioner. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 13 ;
Cylinder Block, Belt Pulley Side; Ribbed Belt Tensioner, Re‐
moving and Installing .
Vehicles with A/C System
Caution
Danger of damaging the A/C compressor, the refrigerant line

and hoses.
♦ Do not stretch, bend or kink the refrigerant lines and ho‐
ses. AG. Volkswagen A
agen G do
es n
ksw
y Vol ot g
ua
d b ra
e
– Remove the hA/Coris compressor from the bracket. Refer ton⇒ tee
Heating andau Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; A/C Compressor;
t or
ac
ss
A/C Compressor, Removing and Installing on Bracket .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Secure the A/C compressor on the lock carrier so that the re‐
an
itte
y li
frigerant lines are not under tension.

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

hole
spec
If the Generator - C- -1- sticks in the bracket, install screw again

es, in part or in w
t to the co
down as far as the last two turns.

Carefully strike on bolt heads using flat side of hammer - doing
this loosens the generator mount bushings.
rrectness of i
– Remove the Generator - C- -1- with the wires still attached

l purpos
from the bracket.

– Disconnect the connector -3-.
nform
ercia
– Pry off the cap -2-.

m
at
om
io
– Remove the nut and remove the terminal 30/B+ -4-.

n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Generator 15
– Remove the Generator - C- -1- downward and to the right.

Installing
the following:
– Move the bolt sleeves slightly to the rear to make it easier to
install the Generator - C- .
Tight bushings for generator mount must be made smooth-run‐
ning, otherwise clamping force of bushing is too little despite
correct torque.
– After completing work always start the engine and
AG. Volkcheck
swagenthe
AG do
belt routing. agen es n
olksw ot
V gu
by ara
Tightening Specifications ed nte
oris eo
th
♦ Refer to au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
2.2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing, Ve‐
erm
ab
ility
ot p
hicles with 2.0L TSI Engine
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Engine Bung Set - VAS6122-
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove fan shroud. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 19 ; Radiator/Cool‐
nf
ercia
ant Fan; Fan Shroud, Removing and Installing .

rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Remove the bolts -1 and 2-.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Detach the hose clamps -1 and 2- and remove the air hose.
– Seal the open lines and connections with clean plugs from the
-VAS6122- .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
– Free up the coolant hose -3-.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Loosen the hose clamp -2-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-.
hole
spec
– Remove the right air pipe.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Caution
l purpos

and hoses.
nf
ercia

rm
m
atio
ses.
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
a
– Remove the A/C compressor from the bracket. Refer to ⇒

iv
o
r
rp
cu
Heating and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; A/C Compressor;

o
m
f
en

ng
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
frigerant lines are not under tension. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Continuation for All Vehicles Prote AG.
2. Generator 17
– Free up the wiring harness -arrow-.

– Remove the bolts -5 and 6- and bring the Generator - C- -4-
forward.
– Remove the Generator - C- -4- downward to the center of the
vehicle.
Installing
the following:
– After completing work always start the engine and check the
belt routing.
♦ Refer to
AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
ksw es n
Vol ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
hicles with 1.8L TSI-Engine
au
th or
ac
ss
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Removing
ot
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.


– Move aside the coolant pipe -1-.

– Pivot the Generator - C- -3- in the direction of travel.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Pry off the cap -2- and remove the underlying nuts.
spec
– Remove the terminal 30/B+ -3-.
t to the co
– Remove the Generator - C- -4- upward from the vehicle.
rrectne
Installing
ss
the following:
o
cial p
– Connect the Battery - A- . Refer to f inform

mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
♦ Refer to
t
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
hicles with 1.6L MPI Engine
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Special tools and workshop equipment required Prote AG.

Removing
2. Generator 19
Vehicles with A/C system
Caution

and hoses.
ses.

wage
es n
frigerant lines are not under tension. yV
olks ot g
b ua
ed ran
Continuation for all vehicles oris tee
th or
au ac
– Remove the bolts -arrows-. ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
from the bracket.
t to the co
rrectne
ss o
cial p
f inform
Installing
mer
atio
m

o
n
c
the following:
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
ning, otherwise clamping force of bushing is too little despite t. C rig
gh ht
correct torque. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
belt routing.
♦ Refer to

hicles with TDI Engine

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
Removing d by V gu
ara
rise nte
– Disconnect
utho the Battery - A- . Refer to eo
ra
⇒ “1.3
ss a
Battery, Disconnecting and Connecting”, page 9c .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
and hoses.
l purpos

ses.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
frigerant lines are not under tension.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Remove the bolts -arrows-. cted agen
Prote AG.

from the bracket.
– Remove the nut -6- and remove the wire clamp -2-.
Installing
the following:
ning, otherwise clamping force of bushing is too little despite
correct torque.
belt routing.
♦ Refer to
2. Generator 21
2.3 Generator, Checking

– Check the Generator - C- using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
2.4 Ribbed Belt Pulley, Removing and In‐

stalling
⇒ “2.4.1 Ribbed Belt Pulley without Freewheel, Removing and
Installing”, page 22
⇒ “2.4.2 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Removing and In‐
stalling, Bosch”, page 22
⇒ “2.4.3 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Removing and In‐
stalling, Valeo”, page 24
⇒ “2.4.4 Decoupling Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Removing and
2.4.1 Ribbed Belt swage

nPulley without
AG. Volkswagen AG Freewheel,
does
Removing and Installing
olk not
y V gu
d b ara
e nte
ris
Special tools
au
tand
ho workshop equipment required eo
ra
ss c
♦ Generator Belt Socket - 3310-
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
Removing
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Remove the Generator - C- . Refer to

h re
⇒ “2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing”, page 15 .

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Secure the Generator - C- in a vise by the mounting points.

t to the co
– Remove the ribbed belt pulley nut using -3310- from the gen‐
erator shaft.
rrectness of i
– Remove the ribbed belt pulley from the generator shaft.

l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia
the following:
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Tightening Specifications C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Component Tightening Specification
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Ribbed belt pulley nut 65 Nm
AG.
2.4.2 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Re‐

moving and Installing, Bosch
♦ Multi-Tooth Adapter - 3400-
Removing
– Secure the Generator - C- in a vise by the mounting points.

– Pry up the cap from the ribbed belt pulley.

– Install the -3400- with the wrench (SW 17) in the ribbed belt
pulley.
– Install the multi-point socket M10 -1- in the generator shaft.
– Hold the generator secure and loosen the ribbed belt pulley
with the wrench by turning left.
– Hold the ribbed belt pulley securely by hand.
– Turn the generator shaft until the ribbed belt pulley can be re‐
moved.
Installing
the following:
– Install the ribbed belt pulley by hand until stop on the generator
shaft.
The -VAG1332- must be rearranged for installing ribbed belt pul‐
ley as follows:
– Release the insert -1- and remove

wage
itGfrom
nA . Volksthe
waghandle
en AG part -2-.
doe
ks s no
Vol t
– Turn the handle part -2-
ed 180° and install the socket -1- again.
by gu
ara
is nte
or
– Set the rotation direction
au
th of the -VAG1332- bit to the left. eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Install the multi-point socket M10 -1- in the generator shaft.

rrectness of i
– Counterhold the -3400- with a wrench (SW 17).

– Tighten the ribbed belt pulley by turning the generator shaft to
l purpos
the left using -VAG1332- .

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Generator 23
2.4.3 Ribbed Belt Pulley with Freewheel, Re‐

moving and Installing, Valeo
♦ Torx Key Socket Set - VAG1603A/1-
Removing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
– Remove the Generator - C- . Refer to by Vol
gu
ara
⇒ “2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing”, page r15 ise .
d
nte
tho eo
u
– Secure the Generator - C- in a vise by the mounting
ss a points. ra
c
ce
e
– Pry up the cap from the ribbed belt pulley.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Install the -3400- with the wrench (SW 17) in the ribbed belt
erm
ab
pulley.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Install the -VAG1603A/1- in the generator shaft.
h re
hole
– Hold the generator secure and loosen the ribbed belt pulley
spec
es, in part or in w
with the wrench by turning left.
t to the co
– Hold the ribbed belt pulley securely by hand.
– Turn the generator shaft until the ribbed belt pulley can be re‐
rrectness of i
moved.
l purpos
Installing
nf
ercia
o
the following:
rm
m
atio
m
– Install the ribbed belt pulley by hand until stop on the generator
o
n in
c
shaft.
or
thi
te
sd
a
The -VAG1332- must be rearranged for installing ribbed belt pul‐

iv
o
r
rp
ley as follows:
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the insert -1- and remove it from the handle part -2-.
– Turn the handle part -2- 180° and install the socket -1- again.
– Set the rotation direction of the -VAG1332- bit to the left.

– Install the -VAG1603A/1- in the generator shaft.

– Counterhold the -3400- with a wrench (SW 17).
– Tighten the ribbed belt pulley by turning the generator shaft to
the left using -VAG1332- .
Component Tightening specification
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
2.4.4 Decoupling Belt Pulley with Freewheel, ise nte
or eo
h
ut
Removing and Installing a ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
♦ Adapter - T10474-
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,

spec

t to the co
General Information
There are different decoupling belt pulley with freewheel.
rrectne
Before removing check which special tool must be used for the
removal of the decoupling belt pulley with freewheel.
ss o
cial p
f inform
Caution
mer
atio
om
The length of the ribbed belt is different depending on the de‐

n
c
i
or
coupling belt pulley with freewheel installed.

thi
te
sd
va
Check which decoupling belt pulley with freewheel is installed

i
o
pr
cum
r
and make sure that the correct ribbed belt will be installed.
fo
en
ng
Ribbed belt allocation. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Decoupler Differences
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
-A- small decoupling belt pulley with freewheel, special tool to be
used -T10474-
2. Generator 25
-B- large decoupling belt pulley with freewheel, special tool to be

used -3400-
Note
The ribbed belt for the large decoupling belt pulley with freewheel
must be longer, because the decoupling belt pulley with freewheel
has a larger diameter and it is different for vehicles with and with‐
out an A/C system.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Removing by Vo gu
ara
d
ise nte
– Remove the Generator - C- . Refer to uthor eo
⇒ “2.2 Generator, Removing and Installing”, page
ss a 15 . ra
c
ce
le
– Secure the Generator - C- in a vise by the mounting points. un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– If equipped, remove the protective cap from the decoupling
erm
ab
belt pulley with freewheel.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Install the -T10474- or -3400- -1- in the belt pulley and attach
a wrench (SW 17).
t to the co
– Install the -VAG1603A/1- -2- in the generator shaft.
rrectne
– Turn the generator shaft clockwise to loosen and while doing
so counterhold with the wrench.
s
– Hold the decoupling belt pulley with freewheel in place by hand
s o
cial p
and turn it at the generator shaft until the decoupling belt pulley
f in
with freewheel can be removed.
form
mer
atio
Installing
om
n
c
i
or
n
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
thi
te
sd
va
The -VAG1332- must be rearranged for installing the decoupling

i
o
pr
cum
belt pulley with freewheel as follows:
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the insert -1- and remove it from the handle part -2-.
– Turn the handle part -2- of the torque wrench 180° and reinsert
the socket.
– Set the rotation direction of the torque wrench socket to “left”.
– Next, screw the ribbed belt pulley with freewheel by hand onto
the generator shaft until stop.

– Insert the -T10474- or the -3400- -1- into the decoupling belt
pulley with freewheel and attach a wrench.
n AG. Volkswagen A G do ge
es n swa
– Install the -VAG1603A/1- -2-
by
inlk the generator shaft.
Vo ot g
ua
ed ran
– Turn the generator shaft oris using the -VAG1332- -3- counter tee
th or
clockwise to tighten
ss
au
the decoupling belt pulley with freewheel. ac
ce
Tightening Specifications e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Decoupling belt pulley nut 80 Nm
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
2.5 Voltage Regulator, Removing and In‐
orm
m
stalling
atio
om
n in
or c
⇒ “2.5.1 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing, Bosch”,
thi
te
page 27
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “2.5.2 Voltage Regulator, Removing and Installing, Valeo”,
o
m
f
en
ng
page 28
t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
2.5.1 Voltage Regulator, Removing and In‐
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
stalling, Bosch
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Angled Screwdriver - VAS6416-
♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-
Removing
– Carefully pry out the cap -1- from the retainers in direction of
-arrows- using the -VAS6416- .
– Remove the screws -arrows- for the Voltage Regulator - C1- .
2. Generator 27
– Remove the Voltage Regulator - C1- from the Generator - C- .

Installing
the following:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Tightening Specifications Volksw not
gu
by ara
d
ise nte
Component thor Tightening
eo Specification
au ra
Voltage Regulator -s C1- screws
s 2 Nm c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
2.5.2 Voltage Regulator, Removing and In‐
ility
ot p
wit
stalling, Valeo
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Removing
rrectne
ss
– Carefully pry the cap -1- off of the Generator - C- .

o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the screws -2- for the Voltage Regulator - C1- -3-.
– Remove the Voltage Regulator - C1- -3- from the Generator -
C- .
Installing
the following:
– Install the Voltage Regulator - C1- .

– Press the cap on the carbon brushes -A- down in direction of

-arrow- until it is flush with the voltage regulator housing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
– Install new cap -1- on the Generator - C- . e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
Voltage Regulator - C1- screws 4 Nm
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Generator 29
3 Starter
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Starter”, page 30
⇒ “3.2 Starter, Removing and Installing”, page 33
3.1 Overview - Starter

⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with Manual Transmission”,
page 30
⇒ “3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with DSG Transmission
DQ200–7F”, page 31
DQ250-6F”, page 32
⇒ “3.1.4 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with Automatic Transmis‐
sion”, page 33
3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with Manual Transmission
1 - Starter - B-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.1 Starter, Re‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
moving and Installing, agen oes
olksw not
V
Vehicles with Manual d by gu
ara
Transmission”, rise nte
ho eo
page 33 . sa
ut ra
c
s
2 - Double Bolt
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ 80 Nm
itte
y li
erm
ab
3 - Ground Cable
ility
ot p
wit
❑ Depending on the vehi‐

, is n
h re
cle equipment level

hole
spec
4 - Nut
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ 20 Nm
cle equipment level
rrectness of i
5 - Connector
l purpos
6 - Nut
nform
ercia
❑ 20 Nm
m
at
7 - Cap
om
ion
c
in t
8 - Terminal 30/B+
or
his
ate
do
riv
9 - Nut
p
cum
or
❑ 20 Nm
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Depending on the vehi‐ Cop py
cle equipment level
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
10 - Ground Cable
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
cle equipment level
11 - Bracket
❑ For the wiring harness

3.1.2 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with DSG Transmission DQ200–7F

wage es n
1 - Starter - B- yV
olks ot g
ua
d b
❑ Removing and instal‐ o
ir se
ran
tee
ling. Refer to auth or
ac
⇒ “3.2.2 Starter, Re‐ ss
moving and Installing,
ce
le
un
pt
Vehicles with DSG
an
d
itte
y li
Transmission DQ200–
erm
ab
7F”, page 35 .
ility
ot p
wit
is n
2 - Double Bolt
h re
ole,
❑ 80 Nm
spec
3 - Ground Cable
t to the co
4 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
rrectne
5 - Connector
ss
6 - Nut
o
cial p
f in
❑ 20 Nm
form
mer
7 - Cap
atio
om
n
c
8 - Terminal 30/B+
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
9 - Bolt
iv
o
pr
cum
r
❑ 80 Nm
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Starter 31
3.1.3 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with DSG Transmission DQ250-6F
1 - Starter - B-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.3 Starter, Re‐
Vehicles with DSG
Transmission
DQ250-6F”, page 36 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 40 Nm
3 - Connector
4 - Nut AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ 20 Nm Volksw not
gu
d by ara
e
5 - Cap horis nte
eo
aut ra
6 - Terminal 30/B+ ss c
ce
e
nl
7 - Nut
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ 20 Nm
erm
ab
ility
ot p
8 - Ground Cable
wit
, is n
h re
9 - Double bolt
hole
spec
❑ 40 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.1.4 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
1 - Starter - B-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.4 Starter, Re‐
Vehicles with Automatic
Transmission”,
page 37 .
2 - Double Bolt
❑ 80 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
3 - Bracket
4 - Connector
5 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
6 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
7 - Cap by Vo gu
ara
d
ise nte
8 - Terminal
uthor
30/B+ eo
a ra
s c
9 - sBracket
ce
e
nl
pt

du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
3.2 Starter, Removing and Installing

l purpos
⇒ “3.2.1 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Manual

nform
ercia
Transmission”, page 33
m
at
⇒ “3.2.2 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with DSG

om
io
Transmission DQ200–7F”, page 35

n
c
in t
or
his
e
⇒ “3.2.3 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with DSG

at
do
riv
Transmission DQ250-6F”, page 36

p
cum
for
en
g
⇒ “3.2.4 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Automat‐

n
t.
yi Co
op
ic Transmission”, page 37 C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
3.2.1 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehi‐
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
cles with Manual Transmission
Prote AG.

3. Starter 33
Removing
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep.
Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation .
Installing .
– Remove the cap -2-.
– Remove the nuts -3-, and terminal 30/B+.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
– If equipped remove the nut -1- from the Starter - B- upper bolt.
, is n
h re
hole
– If equipped remove the ground cable -2-.

spec
es, in part or in w
– If equipped remove the nut -1- from the Starter - B- lower bolt. t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
– If equipped remove the ground cable -2-.

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Note
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
The wires remain connected.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Remove the nut -4- and remove the wiring harness bracket Prote AG.
-1-.
– Remove the Starter - B- -3- bolts -2 and 5- .

– Remove the Starter - B- -3- downward.

wage
e
ks s no
Vol t gu
Installing d by ara
ise nte
or
Install in the reverseauthorder of removal while paying attention to eo
ra
the following: ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
♦ Refer to
h re
hole
⇒ “3.1.1 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with Manual Transmis‐
spec
sion”, page 30
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
cles with DSG Transmission DQ200–7F
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Removing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing .
– Remove the nut -1- from the upper bolt of the Starter - B- .
– Remove the ground cable -2-.
– Remove the cap -5-.
– Remove the nut -6- and terminal 30/B+.
– Remove the Starter - B- -3- bolts -1 and 2-.
3. Starter 35
– Remove the Starter - B- -3- upward.

Installing
the following:
♦ Refer to
DQ200–7F”, page 31
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
3.2.3 Starter, Removing and Installing, Vehi‐ ss c
ce
le
cles with DSG Transmission DQ250-6F

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Removing
t to the co
rrectne
Gr. 23 ; Air Filter; Air Filter Housing, Removing and Installing ss
o
cial p
Installing .
inform
mer

atio

om
n
c
i
or
– Remove the nut -2- from the lower bolt for the Starter - B-
thi
te
sd
-1-.
iva
o
pr
cum
r
– Remove the ground cable -3-.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the Starter - B- -1- bolt -4-. Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Disconnect the connector -3-. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Remove the cap -4-. Prote AG.
– Remove the nut -5- and terminal 30/B+.

– Remove the bolt -1- for the Starter - B- -2-.

– Remove the Starter - B- -2- upward.

Installing
the following:
♦ Refer to
DQ250-6F”, page 32

cles with Automatic Transmission
Volkswage es n
ot
y gu
db ara
Special tools and workshop equipment orequired
ris
e nte
h eo
ut ra
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - sVAG1331-
sa c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Remove the nut -2-.
– Remove the bracket -1- for the wiring harness.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the bolt -1-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– If necessary, remove the air filter housing. Refer to ⇒ Rep. cop Vo
by lksw
Gr. 24 ; Air Filter; Air Filter Housing, Removing and Installing . cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Starter 37
– Slide the cap -1- in the direction of the arrow in direction of

-A-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Release and disconnect the connector -1-. , is n
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the nut -3- and remove terminal 30/B+ -2-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
– Remove the bracket -1- for the wiring harness.
ate
do
priv
c
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the Starter - B- -2- upward from the vehicle.

Installing
the following:
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1.4 Overview - Starter, Vehicles with Automatic Trans‐
mission”, page 33

4 Cruise Control System

trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 27 ; Cruise Con‐
trol System .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Cruise Control System 39

5 Start/Stop System
⇒ “5.1 General Description for Start/Stop System”, page 40
⇒ “5.2 Component Location Overview - Start/Stop System”, page
40
5.1 General Description for Start/Stop Sys‐

tem
The Start/Stop System reduces fuel consumption by turning off
the engine when the vehicle is at a standstill and turning the en‐
gine back on when the driver starts to drive. The Stop/Start
System works automatically. As soon as the vehicle is driven for
approximately four seconds at a minimum of 3 km/h (2 mph).
5.2 Component Location Overview - Start/Stop System

Pay attention to the safety precautions. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Start/Stop System Safety Precautions”, page 1 .
1 - Start/Stop Mode Button -

E693- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
❑ Removing and instal‐ by Vol not
gu
ara
ling. Refer to rise
d
nte
⇒ “2.10 Start/Stop utho eo
ra
Mode Button E693 , Re‐ ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
page 266 .
du
an
itte
y li
erm
2 - Bracket
ab
ility
ot p
❑ For Vehicle Electrical
wit
, is n
System Control Module
h re
- J519-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3 - Vehicle Electrical System
t to the co
❑ Overview. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Con‐
rrectness of i
trol Modules”,
l purpos
page 298 .
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Adaptive Cruise Control

⇒ “6.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)”, page 41
⇒ “6.2 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise Control, Removing and
⇒ “6.3 Adaptive Cruise Control, Calibrating”, page 45
6.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
1 - Instrument Cluster - KX2-

❑ With Instrument Cluster
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Instrument Clus‐
ter KX2 , Removing and
Installing”, page 49 .
2 - Front Bumper Carrier
3 - Retaining Plate
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.2.2 Adaptive
Cruise Control Module,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, from the Retaining
Plate”, page 43 .
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
4 - Quick Release olks
wag does
not
yV gu
❑ Quantity: 3 ise
d b ara
nte
or
❑ Replace after removal
au
th eo
ra
ss c
5 - Adapter Frame
ce
le
un
pt
❑ Serves as the mount for

an
d
itte
y li
the Distance Regulation

rm
ab

pe
ility
ot
wit
❑ With Distance Regula‐

, is n
h re
tion Control Module -

hole
spec
J428- adjusting screw

es, in part or in w
❑ Measure the adjustment

t to the co
dimension and adjust if

necessary. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Adjusting
rrectness of i
Screws, Adjusting”“ ,
l purpos
page 44 .
6 - Distance Regulation Con‐
nform
ercia
trol Module - J428-

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
m
a
com
⇒ “6.2.1 Adaptive Cruise Control Module, Removing and Installing, with Retaining Plate”, page 42 .
ion in
r
❑ Calibrating. Refer to ⇒ “6.3 Adaptive Cruise Control, Calibrating”, page 45 .

te o
thi
s
iva
do
7 - Connector
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
8 - Radar Sensor Trim

n
t.
yi Co
op py
9 - Bolt
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ 8 Nm cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Quantity: 2 Prote AG.
6. Adaptive Cruise Control 41

10 - Adaptive Cruise Control Button - E357-

❑ Is integrated in the multifunction steering wheel.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 ; Multifunction Steering Wheel; Right
and Left Multifunction Buttons on Steering Wheel - E441- / - E440- , Removing and Installing .
6.2 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise

Control, Removing and Installing
⇒ “6.2.1 Adaptive Cruise Control Module, Removing and Instal‐
ling, with Retaining Plate”, page 42
⇒ “6.2.2 Adaptive Cruise Control Module, Removing and Instal‐
ling, from the Retaining Plate”, page 43
⇒ “6.2.3 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise Control, Removing
and Installing at Adapter Frame”, page 44
6.2.1 Adaptive Cruise Control Module, Re‐

moving and Installing, with Retaining AG. Volkswagen AG d
Plate Volksw
agen oes
not
gu
d by ara
e
Special tools and workshop equipment required horis nte
eo
aut ra
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
Caution
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
This procedure contains mandatory replaceable parts. Refer
wit
, is n
to component overview and parts catalog prior to starting pro‐
h re
cedure.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Mandatory Replacement Parts
♦ Quick Release - Adapter Frame to Distance Regulation Con‐
rrectness of i
trol Module
l purpos
If the control module is being replaced, use the Vehicle Diagnostic

Tester and select the “Replacing” function for the respective con‐
trol module in “Guided Fault Finding”.
nf
ercia
orm
Removing
m
atio
om
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

f
en
ng
t.
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and
yi Co
op
Installing .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the screws -1-.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- with
retaining plate -3-.


Installing
the following:
– Calibrate the adaptive cruise control. Refer to
⇒ “6.3 Adaptive Cruise Control, Calibrating”, page 45 .
♦ Refer to
⇒ “6.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Con‐
trol (ACC)”, page 41
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
6.2.2 Adaptive Cruise y Vol Control Module, Re‐ ot gu
ksw
a does
n
moving and ris Installing, from the Retain‐
d b ara
e nte
o eo
ing Plate th
au ra
ss c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
♦ Digital Caliper - VAS6335-
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
Caution
h re
ole,
spec
This procedure contains mandatory replaceable parts. Refer
to component overview prior to starting procedure.
t to the co
rrectne
Mandatory Replacement Parts
♦ Quick Release - ACC adapter frame to retaining plate
ss o
Removing
cial p
f inform

mer
atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
– Remove the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- . Re‐

thi
te
sd
a
fer to
iv
o
pr
⇒ “6.2.1 Adaptive Cruise Control Module, Removing and In‐

um
r
fo
stalling, with Retaining Plate”, page 42 .

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Turn the quick-release fasteners -2- in direction of -arrow-. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Remove the retaining plate -3- from the Distance Regulation
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Control Module - J428- -4-.
agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the quick-release fasteners -2- from the adjusting

screws -1-.
Installing
the following:
– Replace the quick-release fasteners -2-.
The adjusting screws -1- in the adapter frame are pre-set. If nec‐
essary, correct the setting. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Adjusting Screws, Adjusting”“ , page 44 .

Adjusting Screws, Adjusting

– Using the -VAS6335- measure the adjustment dimension -a-
on all adjusting screws and adjust where necessary.
♦ Dimension -a- = 40.3 mm ± 0.5 mm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Push in new quick-release fasteners -2- on the adjusting
ility
ot p
screws and fixed bearing on the adapter frame -3-.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Install the retaining plate -1- on the quick-release fasteners
spec
-2-.
t to the co
– Turn the quick-release fasteners -2- on the back of the retain‐
ing plate -1- in the direction of the -arrow A- until stop.
rrectne
– Install the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- . Refer
to
ss
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
6.2.3 Control Module for Adaptive Cruise
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Control, Removing and Installing at
AG.
Adapter Frame
Removing
– Remove the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- . Re‐
fer to

AG. VolkswElectrical
agen AG Equipment - Edition 12.2015
agen does
olksw not
V
– Loosen the catches -1- on both sidesein d bythe direction of the gu
ara
-arrow A-. horis nte
eo
aut ra
– Remove the rain sensor trim -2-.
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Loosen the locking mechanisms -1- in the direction of the
an
d
itte
-arrow A-.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Fold out the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- -3-
ot
wit
in the direction of the -arrow B-.
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Remove the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- -3-
from the adapter frame -2-.
l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia

the following:
m
a
com
tio
n in
r

te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
6.3 Adaptive Cruise Control, Calibrating
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Conditions
– The Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- must be cali‐
brated during the following conditions:
♦ Distance Regulation Control Module - J428- was removed and
installed or replaced.
♦ Bumping into the Distance Regulation Control Module - J428-
when not cautiously assembling the front bumper cover.
♦ Damage to the front bumper cover due to an accident or
something similar.
♦ The front bumper carrier was remove and installed or re‐
placed.
♦ Rear axle toe was adjusted.
Too great of a horizontal adjustment of the Distance Regulation
Control Module - J428- causes the ACC/Front Assist functions to
remain switched off. This will show the following message in the
Instrument Cluster - KX2- : ACC/Front Assist not availa-
ble .
A limited sensor view due to a dirty sensor or inclement weather

conditions such as heavy rain, snowfall or iced-over sensor cau‐
ses the ACC/Front Assist functions to be temporarily unavailable.
This is indicated by the following message in the Instrument Clus‐
ter - KX2- : ACC/Front Assist: No sensor view .
– Calibrate the adaptive cruise control. Refer to ⇒ Suspension,
Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 ; Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC); Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Calibrating .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Golf 2015
aut ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ho eo
ra
Electrical
ss Equipment - Edition 12.2015 c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
7 Special Tools
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
♦ Adapter - T10474-
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Torque Screwdriver - VAG1624-
♦ Engine Bung Set - VAS6122-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Angled Screwdriver - VAS6416-

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Special Tools 47
♦ Generator Belt Socket - 3310-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
♦ Digital Caliper - VAS6335-

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

90 – Instruments
1 Instrument Cluster
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 49
⇒ “1.2 Instrument Cluster KX2 , Removing and Installing”,
page 49
1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster
1 - Connector
❑ For the instrument clus‐
ter
2 - Instrument Cluster - KX2-
❑ With Instrument Cluster
❑ If a LED indicator lamp
or instrument cluster il‐
lumination is faulty, the
instrument cluster must
be replaced
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Instrument Clus‐
ter KX2 , Removing and
3 - Instrument Cluster Trim
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Removing and instal‐ lksw
agen oes
not
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body d by
Vo gu
ara
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; orise nte
Instrument Panel; In‐ aut
h eo
ra
strument Cluster Trim, ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ling .
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
4 - Upper Steering Column
ility
ot p
Trim Panel
wit
, is n
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ h re
hole
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. spec

68 ; Storage Compart‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ments and Covers;

Overview - Steering
Column Trim Panel .
rrectness of i
5 - Screw
l purpos
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
1.2 Instrument Cluster - KX2- , Removing

o
n in
or c
thi
and Installing
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
General Information
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
All indicator lamps in the Instrument Cluster - KX2- have LEDs.
Co
Cop py
LEDs cannot be replaced separately if faulty. The Instrument
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Cluster - KX2- must be replaced. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
The following components are integrated inside the Instrument Prote AG.
Cluster - KX2- :
1. Instrument Cluster 49
♦ Instrument Cluster Control Module - J285-

♦ Fuel Gauge - G1-
♦ Speedometer - G21-
♦ Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge - G3-
♦ Tachometer - G5-
♦ Indicator lamps
Do not disassemble the Instrument Cluster - KX2- .
Removing
For better illustration the steering wheel is not shown. It is not
necessary to remove the steering wheel in order to remove the
Instrument Cluster - KX2- .
– Position the steering wheel as far back as possible. Use the
entire adjustment range of the steering column adjustment for
this.
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
– Remove the upper steering column trim panel.VoReferlksw to ⇒ not
gu
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments
db
y and Cov‐ ara
ers; Upper Steering Column Trim Panel, ise
rRemoving and In‐
nte
ho eo
stalling . ut ra
sa s c
ce
le
– Remove the instrument cluster trim -1-. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐

un
pt
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Cluster
an
d
itte
y li
Trim, Removing and Installing .
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
Note spec
t to the co
The Instrument Cluster - KX2- is engaged in the instrument panel.

For removal greater force is necessary.
rrectne
– Remove the Instrument Cluster - KX2- -2- until it contacts the

s
steering wheel.
s o
cial p
– Disengage the connector and disconnect.

inform
mer
atio
– To disconnect push the circlip -1- on the connector.

om
n
c
i
or
– Pivot the retaining bracket in the direction of -arrow- and re‐

thi
te
move from the connector.

sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
– Remove the Instrument Cluster - KX2- on the front passenger

fo
en
ng
side between the steering wheel and the instrument panel.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
Installing
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster”, page 49
50 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

2 Horn
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Horn”, page 51
⇒ “2.2 High Tone Horn H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 , Removing and
2.1 Overview - Horn
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V gu
The Sedan is shown. The Wagon is identical. ised by ara
nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
1 - Bracket
nl
pt
du
an
❑ For the horn
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ling. Refer to
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.2 High Tone Horn
h re
H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 ,
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ling”, page 51 .
t to the co
2 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
rrectness of i
3 - Nut
l purpos
❑ 9 Nm
nf
ercia
4 - Horn
orm
m
❑ High Tone Horn - H2- is
atio
m
installed on the left

o
n in
or c
❑ Low Tone Horn - H7- in
thi
te
sd
a
installed on the right

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
ling. Refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “2.2 High Tone Horn C py
t. rig
H2 / Low Tone Horn H7 ,
gh ht
yri by
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
ling”, page 51 .
agen
Prote AG.
5 - Connector
2.2 High Tone Horn - H2- / Low Tone Horn

- H7- , Removing and Installing
The removal and installation is described for the left side. Re‐
moving and installing on the right side is identical.
Removing
2. Horn 51

– Remove the horn -3- from the bracket.
Installing
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Horn”, page 51
Bracket with Horn, Removing
– Remove the bracket with the horn -3-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
– Release and disconnect the connector -2-. rised
nte
ho eo
ut
Install the Bracket and Horn. ss a ra
c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1 Overview - Horn”, page 51
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
52 Rep. Gr.90 - Instruments

AG. Volkswagen AG d Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
92 – Wiper/Washer Systems ise
r nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
1 nl
Windshield Wiper System
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 53
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “1.2 Wiper, Moving Into Service Position”, page 56
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “1.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing”, page 56
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”,
t to the co
page 57
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 58
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing and Installing”,
l purpos
page 59
⇒ “1.7 Windshield Wiper Motor, Replacing”, page 60
nf
ercia
or
⇒ “1.8 Windshield Wiper Motor, Deactivating Alternating Park Po‐
m
m
atio
sition Function”, page 61
om
n in
or c
⇒ “1.9 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
thi
e
page 62
t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “1.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servicing”, page 66
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 53 co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Windshield Wiper Motor and Windshield Wip‐
AG.
er Frame”, page 55
1.1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System
1. Windshield Wiper System 53

1 - Front Passenger Side Wip‐

er Blade
❑ Different lengths. Refer
to the Parts Catalog.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Wiper Blade, Re‐
page 56 .
2 - Driver Side Windshield Wip‐
er Blade
ling. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “1.3 Wiper Blade, oRe‐ agen oes
lksw not
d byV gu
ara
page 56 . or
ise nte
e h
ut or
3 - Driver Side Wiper
ss
a
Arm ac
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ling. Refer to
wit
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Wiper
is n
h re
Arms, Removing and In‐
ole,
stalling”, page 57 . spec

❑ Adjusting. Refer to
t to the co

Arms, Adjusting”,
page 58 .
rrectne
4 - Cap
ss
5 - Nut
o
cial p
f in
❑ 20 Nm
form
mer
atio
6 - Bolt
om
n
c
❑ Tightening specification and sequence. Refer to

i
or
n thi
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specifications and Sequence for the Windshield Wiper Motor -V- ”“ , page 55
te
sd
iva
o
pr
7 - Bolt
um
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
8 - Windshield Wiper Frame
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ With Windshield Wiper Motor - V-
agen
Prote AG.
❑ With Wiper Motor Control Module - J400-

⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wiper Motor V , Removing and Installing”, page 59 .
9 - Bolt
10 - Nut
❑ 20 Nm
11 - Cap
12 - Front Passenger Side Windshield Wiper Arm
❑ Different lengths. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”, page 57 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 58 .
54 Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems

Tightening Specifications and Sequence for the Windshield Wiper

Motor - V-
– Tighten the bolts in steps according to the sequence shown:
Step Bolts Tightening Specification
1. -1 to 3- Install by hand until it stops
2. -1 to 3- 8 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
1.1.2 Overview - Windshield Wiper Motor and Windshield Wiper Frame ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
1 - Windshield Wiper Motor - V-
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Motor, Replacing”, page
h re
hole
60 .
spec
es, in part or in w
2 - Bolts
t to the co
❑ 9 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
rrectness of i
3 - Windshield Wiper Frame
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nf
ercia
⇒ “1.6 Windshield Wip‐
or
er Motor V , Removing
m
m
atio
and Installing”,
om
n in
page 59 .
or c
thi
te
4 - Nut
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
❑ 25 Nm
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2 Wiper, Moving Into Service Position
Caution
Risk of damaging the hood by putting the wipers back in basic

setting.
♦ Do not drive a vehicle with windshield wiper arms folded
up.
♦ The windshield wipers automatically go back into their rest
position when the wiper switch is activated or when driving
faster than 6 km/h (4 mph).
Caution
Danger of windshield wiper blade damage due to freezing.

n AG. Volkswagen AG ge does
swa
♦ If frost is present, check to see if the windshield
y V wiper
olk not
gu
blades are frozen. edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
If the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- is to be run during the work

un
pt
procedure, the hood must be completely closed, otherwise the
an
d
itte
y li
voltage supply of the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- will be inter‐
rm
ab
rupted.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
– Quickly turn on the ignition and then turn it off again.
h re
hole
spec
– Turn the windshield wiper lever in the “one-touch wiping posi‐
es, in part or in w
tion” within 10 seconds.
t to the co
• The windshield wipers run in “service position”.
1.3 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
Removing
– Bring the windshield wiper into service position. Refer to nform
ercia
⇒ “1.2 Wiper, Moving Into Service Position”, page 56 .

m
a
com
tio
Caution
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
Risk of damaging the wiper blade.

do
r
rp
cum
fo
♦ Joint-free windshield wipers are very flexible. Only grasp

en
ng
t.
the wiper blades in the area for the wiper blade mount to
yi Co
op py
lift them away from the windshield. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift the windshield wiper arm off the windshield.

– Press the clip in direction of -arrow A- and remove the wiper

blade -1- from the windshield wiper arm -2- in direction of
-arrow B-.
– Remove the wiper blade -1-.
Installing
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the body.

♦ The driver and passenger side wiper blades are different
lengths.

the following:
– Guide the wiper blade -1- parallel into the windshield wiper arm
-2- in direction of -arrow-. Make sure to slide the wiper blade
-1- on until the retaining clips audibly lock in the wiper arm
-2-.
To leave the “service position:”
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Operate the windshield wiper switch. agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Or rised
nte
ho eo
ut
– Drive the vehicle faster than 6 km/h (4 mph).
ss a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and
wit
, is n
h re
Installing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - T10369-
♦ Puller - Wiper Arm Kit - Puller 1 - T10369/1-
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
Caution
nform
mercia
at
Risk of damaging the wiper arm shaft.

om
ion
c
in t
♦ The wiper arm shaft can get damaged when removing the
or
his
e
windshield wiper arms without using the -T10369/1- .

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
procedure, the hood must be closed, otherwise the voltage supply
. C rig
ht ht
rig
of the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- will be interrupted. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Bring the windshield wiper into service position. Refer to Prote AG.
⇒ “1.2 Wiper, Moving Into Service Position”, page 56 .

– Pry the caps -3- off of the windshieldwwiper arms

gen AG
. Volks-1- with adoes
wagen AG
s a
screwdriver. y Volk not
gu b ara
ed nte
– Loosen the nuts -2- several
tho
risturns. e or
au ac
– Position the -T10369/1-
ss on the wiper arm -1- as illustrated.
ce
le
un
pt
– Position the thrust piece -2- on the wiper arm shaft.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
– Rotate the bolt -3- clockwise until the wiper arm -1- is removed
ab
ility
from the wiper arm shaft.
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
– Remove the nut completely and remove the windshield wiper
atio
m
arm -1-.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Installing
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
um
r
fo
en
ng
the following: yi
t.
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Caution py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
There is a risk of damaging the body.
♦ The driver and front passenger side wiper arms are dif‐
ferent lengths.
– Adjust the windshield wiper arms. Refer to

⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 58 .
1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting

procedure, the hood must be closed, otherwise the voltage supply
of the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- will be interrupted.
Procedure
– Deactivate the APP function. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Windshield Wiper Motor, Deactivating Alternating Park
Position Function”, page 61 .
– Remove the windshield wiper arms. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”, page
57 .
– Activate “one-tap wiping” and let the Windshield Wiper Motor
- V- run into its end position.
– Turn off the ignition.
– Position the wiper arm with wiper blade installed at the wiper
arm shaft.

– Align the wiper blade as follows on the windshield.

The dimensions give the distance of the wiper blade tips to the
plenum chamber cover
wage
on
n AGthe
. Vollower
kswageedge
n AG d of the windshield.
oe
ks s no
Vol t gu
♦ Dimension
ed -a- + 10 mm ± 5 mm.
by ara
is nte
or
♦ Dimension
au
th -b- + 10 mm ± 5 mm. eo
ra
ss c
– Tighten the nuts -2- on the windshield wiper arms -1-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Activate “one-touch wiping” and let the windshield wiper arms
ility
ot p
run into their end position.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Check the wiper arm adjustment again and if necessary ad‐
t to the co
just.
– Press the caps -3- onto the wiper arms.
rrectne
ss
♦ Refer to
o
cial p
f
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System”, page 53
inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.6 Windshield Wiper Motor - V- , Removing

and Installing
♦ Torque Wrench 1410 - VAG1410-
Removing
– Remove the windshield wiper arms. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Windshield Wiper Arms, Removing and Installing”, page
57 .
– Remove the left plenum chamber cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Ex‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Plenum Chamber Cover,
Removing and Installing .
– Remove the bolts -1, 3 and 4-.

– When necessary disconnect the damping regulation connec‐

tor.
– Remove the wiper frame -2- with linkage and the Windshield
Wiper Motor - V- from the plenum chamber.
Installing
the following:
– Adjust the windshield wiper arms. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Windshield Wiper Arms, Adjusting”, page 58 .
♦ Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specifications and Sequence for the Wind‐
shield Wiper Motor -V- ”“ , page 55
1.7 Windshield Wiper Motor, Replacing

♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Vol
ksw
a
not
by gu
ara
ed nte
oris
WARNING au
th eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
Risk of injury.
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
♦ When operating an uncovered windshield wiper system
erm
ab
there is a risk of pinching.

ility
ot p
wit
♦ The windshield wiper system can only be operated when

, is n
h re
installed.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
There is a risk of damaging the hood and the windshield wiper

l purpos
arm.
♦ By operating the windshield wiper system with the hood
nf
ercia
open, pay attention that the is enough clearance to moving

or
components.
m
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
e
So that the windshield wiper system can be operated with the front
t
sd
iva
lid open, the latch must be engaged in the »closed« position.

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
Removing
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Deactivate the wiper motor alternating park position. Refer to t. C rig
gh ht
⇒ “1.8 Windshield Wiper Motor, Deactivating Alternating Park pyri by
Vo
co
Position Function”, page 61 .
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the windshield wiper frame. Refer to
page 59 .

– Pry the operating rod -4- on the ball joint from the motor crank
-2- using the -80-200- .
– Remove the motor crank -2- from the windshield wiper motor
shaft.
– Remove the bolts -3-. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Remove the Windshield by VWiper Motor - V- from the windshield gu
ara
ed
wiper frame. horis nte
eo
aut ra
Installing ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
the following:
y li
erm
ab
ility
– Connect the connector to the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- .
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Activate “one-tap wiping” and let the Windshield Wiper Motor
es, in part or in w
- V- run into its end position.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Install the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- on the windshield wiper

frame.
nf
ercia
o
– Install the bolts -3-.
rm
m
atio
m
– Install the motor crank -2- on the windshield wiper motor shaft.
o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Align the operating rod -4- parallel on the motor crank -2-.
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Tighten the nut -1-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
– Connect the operating rod -4- and motor crank -2- on the ball
ht rig
rig ht
by
joint. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Install the windshield wiper frame. Refer to
AG.

page 59 .
♦ Refer to
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - Windshield Wiper Motor and Windshield
Wiper Frame”, page 55
1.8 Windshield Wiper Motor, Deactivating

Alternating Park Position Function
Windshield wiper system is equipped with APP function (alter‐
nating park position).
The APP function causes the wiper at every second wiper shut
off to move upward slightly after reaching the lowest position.
To install the motor crank on the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- , it
is necessary to shut off the Windshield Wiper Motor - V- in the
lowest park position. APP function must be deactivated to ensure
this.
An activation of APP function is not possible.
APP function is automatically activated after 100 wiping cycles.
This applies to Windshield Wiper Motor - V- in which the APP

function was deactivated as well as new Windshield Wiper Motor

- V- .
– Deactivate the wiper motor alternating park position using the
Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
After successfully completing coding/deactivating of the APP
function, Windshield Wiper Motor - V- is located in the lower park lkswage es n
position after the next wiper cycle. d byV
o ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
1.9 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Remov‐ autho or
ac
ss
ing and Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “1.9.1 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Installing,
itte
y li
Vehicles with Front Camera for Assistance Systems”, page 62
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.9.2 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Installing,
wit
, is n
Vehicles without Front Camera for Assistance Systems”,
h re
hole
page 64
spec
es, in part or in w
1.9.1 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Remov‐
t to the co
ing and Installing, Vehicles with Front
Camera for Assistance Systems
rrectness of i
l purpos
The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- has a silicone layer

as a contact surface to the windshield.
nf
ercia
The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- is designed so that it
or
can be used again. The only requirement to use it again is that
m
m
atio
the connecting pad must not be damaged or dirty.
om
n in
or c
If a Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- is replaced with a
thi
te
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- with a different part num‐
sd
iva
o
r
ber, the new Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- must be

rp
cu
o
m
adapted using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- cannot be optionally in‐ C py
t. rig
stalled. For the correct Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- .
gh ht
pyri by
Refer to the Parts Catalog.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the cover -1- in the direction of the arrow -A-.
After loosening the wire retainer wait at least one minute. So that
the silicone layer can release the tension and is not damaged
while removing.

– Release the left and right wire retainer -arrows-.

. Volkswagen AG
does gen AG
– Pry the Rain/Light Recognition
Vol
ksw Sensor - G397- -1- starting
a
not at
the top carefully fromedthe
b frame on the windshield.
y gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Release the connection -1- and remove and remove the Rain/
Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -2-.
rrectne
Caution
ss
Lay the removed Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- until
o
cial p
f i
it is reinstalled so that the connecting pad is not contaminated
nform
with dust or other deposits.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
Installing
te
sd
iva
o
r

p
cum
r
fo
the following: en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Caution
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Always clean the windshield surface inside the Rain/Light
Prote AG.
Recognition Sensor - G397- frame before installing. Re‐

move any traces of the connecting pad still remaining on
the windshield.
♦ Surface (connecting pads) of Rain/Light Recognition Sen‐
sor - G397- must not be contaminated or damaged when
installing. Always replace a sensor that has a damaged
connecting pad. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servicing”,
page 66 .
If the connecting pads surface of the Rain/Light Recognition Sen‐

sor - G397- is soiled, it can be potentially cleaned by “applying”
and then “pulling off” one or more adhesive strips.
– Always clean the windshield inside the retaining plate.
– If necessity remove the protective cap -1- on the new Rain/

Light Recognition Sensor - G397- .
– Push the handle in the direction of -arrow A-.
– Remove the protective cap -1- in the direction of -arrow B-.
– Connect connector.

– Install the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -1- in the

frame on the windshield.
– Engage the wire retainer audibly on both sides -arrow-.
Even if the sensor is installed correctly, small air bubbles can form
between the windshield and the connecting pad. The contact sur‐
face must be free-of-bubbles after approximately 10 minutes. If
the contact surface is not free of bubbles after 10 minutes, the
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- must be removed and in‐
stalled again. Air bubbles between the windshield and the con‐
necting pad cause Rain/Light Recognition Sensor -AG397- G. Volkswagen AG d
malfunctions. lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
– If the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor
ris
ed - G397- was replaced it
b ran
tee
must be adapted using the Vehicle
ut
ho Diagnostic Tester . or
a ac
ss
ce
le
1.9.2 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Remov‐

un
pt
an
d
itte
ing and Installing, Vehicles without Front
y li
rm
ab
Camera for Assistance Systems
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- has a silicone layer
hole
as a contact surface to the windshield.
spec
es, in part or in w
The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- is designed so that it
t to the co
can be used again. The only requirement to use it again is that
the connecting pad must not be damaged or dirty.
rrectness of i
If a Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- is replaced with a
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- with a different part num‐
l purpos
ber, the new Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- must be

adapted using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
nform
ercia
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- cannot be optionally in‐

m
stalled. For the correct Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- .

a
com
tio
Refer to the Parts Catalog. n in
r
te o
thi
Removing
s
iva
do
r
rp

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
ht
pyri by
Vo
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Rearview Mirror; Rearview Mirror, Removing
o
by c lksw
cted agen
and Installing . Prote AG.
After loosening the wire retainer wait at least one minute. So that
the silicone layer can release the tension and is not damaged
while removing.
– Release the left and right wire retainer -arrows-.
– Pry the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -1- starting at
the top carefully from the frame on the windshield.

– Release the connection -1- and remove and remove the Rain/
Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -2-.
Caution
Lay the removed Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- until

it is reinstalled so that the connecting pad is not contaminated
with dust or other deposits.
Installing
the following:
Caution
♦ Always clean the windshield surface inside the Rain/Light

Recognition Sensor - G397- frame before installing. Re‐
move any traces of the connecting pad still remaining on
the windshield.
♦ Surface (connecting pads) of Rain/Light Recognition Sen‐
sor - G397- must not be contaminated or damaged when
installing. Always replace a sensor that has a damaged
connecting pad. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ “1.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, olksw Servicing”, not
y V gu
page 66 . ris
ed b ara
nt ee
tho or
s au ac
s
If the connecting pads surface of the Rain/Light Recognition Sen‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
sor - G397- is soiled, it can be potentially cleaned by “applying”

an
itte
and then “pulling off” one or more adhesive strips.

y li
erm
ab
ility
– Always clean the windshield inside the retaining plate.
ot p
wit
, is n
– If necessity remove the protective cap -1- on the new Rain/ h re

hole
Light Recognition Sensor - G397- .

spec
es, in part or in w
– Push the handle in the direction of -arrow A-.

t to the co
– Remove the protective cap -1- in the direction of -arrow B-.

rrectness of i
– Connect connector.
l purpos
– Install the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -1- in the

frame on the windshield.
nform
ercia
– Engage the wire retainer audibly on both sides -arrow-.

m
at
om
Even if the sensor is installed correctly, small air bubbles can form
on
c
in t
between the windshield and the connecting pad. The contact sur‐
or
his
e
face must be free-of-bubbles after approximately 10 minutes. If

at
do
riv
the contact surface is not free of bubbles after 10 minutes, the

p
cum
or
Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- must be removed and in‐

f
en
ng
stalled again. Air bubbles between the windshield and the con‐
t.
yi Co
op
necting pad cause Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- C py
t. rig
malfunctions.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– If the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- was replaced it

must be adapted using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
1.10 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servic‐

ing
⇒ “1.10.1 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servicing, TRW”, page
66
wage es n
⇒ “1.10.2 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servicing, Valeo”, page yV
olks ot g
67 ir se
d b ua
ran
o tee
th
1.10.1 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servic‐ u or
a ac
ss
ing, TRW
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
There are different housings for the Rain/Light Recognition Sen‐
rm
ab
sor - G397- from different manufacturers.
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
The sensor housing and optical unit are always delivered as a
h re
replacement part in individual parts with retaining clamps. Re‐
hole
spec
move these clamps if they are not needed.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Procedure
– Remove the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- . Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Instal‐
rrectness of i
ling”, page 62 .
l purpos
Caution
nform
ercia
The sensor electronics may be damaged.

m
a
com
♦ Be careful not to insert the screwdriver all the way through tion in
r
te o
the housing up to the sensor electronics.

thi
s
iva
do
r
♦ Do not touch the sensor electronics.

rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Loosen the clip -1- on the four retaining tabs -arrows- with a
t. rig
gh ht
yri
suitable screwdriver and remove.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Release the tab -arrows- on both sides and separate the hous‐
ing upper section -1- with optical unit from the housing lower
section -2-.
Caution
The sensor electronics may be damaged.

♦ Do not touch the optical unit.
– Remove the sensor electronics -2- from the upper section

-1- install the new electronics the exact same way.
– Assemble the new housing upper section with optical unit and
protective cover with the housing lower section.
– Install the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- . Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 62 .
1.10.2 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Servic‐

ing, Valeo
– Remove the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor agen - G397- . Refer
AG. Volkswagen AG d to
oes
ksw
⇒ “1.9 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor,
byV
ol Removing and Instal‐ not gu
ling”, page 62 . ris
ed
ara
nt ee
tho or
– Carefully remove the sensor
au film -2- or remaining sensor film ac
ss
carefully from the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -1-.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Caution
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
The Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- surface must be

wit
, is n
h re
completely free of any remaining film.

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Clean the sensor surface with cleaning solution D 009 401 04.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the silicone paper -3- from the sensor film -2-.
The see-through protective film -1- serves as an assembly aid and
nform
ercia
remains on the sensor film.

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Place the sensor film -2- using the clear protective film -1- on
the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -3-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
– Press the sensor film through the protective film -1- free of
hole
spec
bubbles on the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- -2-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
– Remove the clear protective film -1- from the sensor film -2-.
do
priv
cum
or
– Install the Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- . Refer to

f
en
ng
t.
⇒ “1.9 Rain/Light Recognition Sensor, Removing and Instal‐ op
yi Co
ling”, page 62 .
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Windshield Washer System

⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 69
⇒ “2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”,
page 72
⇒ “2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 73
⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing and Installing”, page
74
⇒ “2.5 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 74
⇒ “2.6 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 75
2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System

⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System, with Headlamp
Washer System”, page 69
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Windshield Washer System, without Head‐
lamp Washer System”, page 71
2.1.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System, with Headlamp Washer System
1 - Right Spray Nozzle

❑ Vehicle equipment ver‐
sion with Right Washer
Nozzle Heater - Z21-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Spray Nozzles,
ling”, page 74 .
❑ Adjusting.oReferlksw
ageto es n
ot g
⇒ “2.6d Spray
by
V Nozzles, ua
ran
Adjusting”,
orise
page 75 . tee
h
ut or
2 - Left
ss Spray Nozzle
a ac
ce
le

un
pt
an
sion with Left Washer

d
itte
y li

rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
ling. Refer to
, is n
h re

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
ling”, page 74 .
t to the co
Adjusting”, page 75 .
rrectness of i
3 - Grommet
l purpos
❑ For the windshield

washer fluid hose inside
nform
ercia
the hood
m
4 - Washer Fluid Hose

com
tion in

r
te o
thi
washer system
s
iva
do
r
rp
❑ Black color identification

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Windshield Washer System 69

5 - Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59-

⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing and Installing”, page 74 .
6 - Grommet
❑ Replace if damaged.
7 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
8 - Washer Fluid Reservoir
❑ For vehicles with a headlamp washer system
❑ With Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33- Cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”, page 72 .
9 - Filler Tube
Caution
Risk of leaks!
Cannot be separated
from the washer fluid
reservoir.
❑ For the washer fluid reservoir

10 - Filler Tube
Caution agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
Risk of leaks! d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
Cannot be separated auth
ra
from the filler tube. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte

y li
erm
ab
ility
11 - Screen
ot p
wit
, is n
12 - Cap
h re
hole
spec
❑ For the filler neck

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
gu Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
Vol
by ara
d
orise Electrical
nte
eo
Equipment - Edition 12.2015
th
au ra
ss c
2.1.2 Overview - Windshield Washer System, without Headlamp Washer System
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
1 - Right Spray Nozzle pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
sion with Right Washer
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
ling”, page 74 .
l purpos
nform
ercia
2 - Left Spray Nozzle

m
a
com
t
ion in
sion with Left Washer
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r

rp
cum
fo
ling. Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
Removing and Instal‐ t. C rig
gh ht
ling”, page 74 . yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Adjusting. Refer to cted agen
Prote AG.
3 - Grommet
washer fluid hose inside
the hood
washer system
❑ Black color identification
5 - Windshield and Rear Win‐
dow Washer Pump - V59-
ling. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing and Installing”, page 74 .
6 - Grommet
7 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ For vehicles without a headlamp washer system
9 - Filler Tube
Caution
Risk of leaks!
Cannot be separated
from the washer fluid
reservoir.

10 - Filler Tube
Caution
Risk of leaks!
Cannot be separated
from the filler tube.

11 - Seal
12 - Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33-
⇒ “2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 73 .
13 - Screen
14 - Cap
❑ For the filler neck
2.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and

Installing
AG. Volkswagen
n AG do
wage es n
♦ Drip Tray Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris
The removal and installation of the washer fluid reservoir with tee
th o
headlamp washers system is described. Removing and installing r ac
au
a washer fluid reservoir without a headlamp washer system is
s
ce
le
identical.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Removing
rm
ab
pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

es, in part or in w
t to the co
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and

Installing .
– Remove the left headlamp. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 101 .

l purpos
– Place a drip tray under the washer fluid reservoir.

– If necessity remove the Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- . Re‐
nform
ercia
fer to
m
⇒ “5.3 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , Removing and Instal‐

a
com
tio
ling”, page 86 .
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Retainer the retaining tabs -3-.
Caution
There is a danger of leaks.

♦ The windshield washer fluid reservoir is one part. Sepa‐
rating between the washer fluid reservoir, filler tube and
filler neck is not possible. If the components are separated
nevertheless the connection can leak.
– Remove the filler neck -1- upward from the lock carrier -2-
bracket.
– Release and disconnect the connectors -2 and 3-.

– Release the clips -6- in the directionwaof
genthe
AG.arrow
Volksw-A-.
agen AG
doe
ks s no
Vol t gu
– Remove the washer fluid hoses
ed
by -4 and 5- from the Windshield ara
and Rear Window WasherthorisPump - V59- . nte
eo
au ra
– Loosen the wiring harness
ss from the washer fluid reservoir c
ce
le
-1-.
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the nuts -1, 2 and 3-.
t to the co
– Remove the washer fluid reservoir -4- from the threaded pins.
rrectness of i
Installing
l purpos

the following:
nform
ercia
In order to prevent interchanging washer fluid line connections at

Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59- , connections
m
at pump and hose lines are marked with colors. Hose connector
com
tion in
pieces must be connected to the corresponding colored pump

r
te o
thi
connections during installation.

s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
♦ Refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield Washer System”, page 69 C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.3 Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor,

♦ Drip Tray
The Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33- can depending
on version be replaced individually or only with the entire con‐
tainer.
Removing

– Remove the left front wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body

Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front Wheel
Housing Liner, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the Windshield Washer Fluid Level Sensor - G33-
-1- from the washer fluid reservoir.
– When necessary remove the seal -3- from the washer fluid
reservoir.
Installing
the following:
– Install the seal correctly in the opening in the washer fluid res‐
ervoir.
– Coat the seal with washer fluid, so that the Windshield Washer
Fluid Level Sensor - G33- can be easily pushed in.
2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing

and Installing
wage
es ks not
Vol gu
♦ Drip Tray ed by ara
nte
ris
ho eo
Removing au
t ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the left front wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body

ility
ot p
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front Wheel

wit
is n
Housing Liner, Removing and Installing .

h re
ole,
spec

t to the co
The wiring harness -2- remains in the washer fluid reservoir.

rrectne
– Release the clamps -3 and 4- in the direction of -arrow A-.

s
– Remove the washer fluid hose from the Windshield and Rear
s o
Window Washer Pump - V59- -5-.

cial p
f inform
– Remove the Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump -

mer
V59- -5- upward in the direction of -arrow B- from the washer

atio
m
fluid reservoir.
o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
Installing
t
sd
iva
o
pr

um
r
fo
en
ng
the following: yi
t.
Co
op py
In order to prevent interchanging washer fluid line connections at
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Windshield and Rear Window Washer Pump - V59- , connections p by
o Vo
by c
at pump and hose lines are marked with colors. Hose connector
lksw
cted agen
Prote
pieces must be connected to the corresponding colored pump
AG.
connections during installation.

– Check the sealing grommet for damage.
2.5 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Open the hood.
– Push the spray nozzle upward -arrow A- and tilt it out from
under the flap -arrow B-.
– Release the hose clip -1- in the direction of -arrow- and remove
the hose connection -2- from the spray nozzle -4-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Disconnect the connector -3- and remove the spray nozzle
wit
, is n
-4-.
h re
hole
spec
Installing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the following:
When connecting the washer fluid line, ensure that the securing
rrectness of i
clip engages audibly into the connection.
l purpos
– Starting at the top, slide the spray nozzle into the installation
opening until it engages audibly.
nf
ercia
o
– Adjust the spray nozzles. Refer to
rm
m
atio
⇒ “2.6 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 75 .
om
n in
or c
thi
2.6 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
Caution
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Risk of damage.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Do not use any objects to clean the spray nozzles!
cted agen
Prote AG.
Remove the spray nozzles if the spraying field is uneven due to

dirt in the nozzle, and flush out in the opposite direction of the
spray. It is permissible to further blow through in opposite direc‐
tion of spray with compressed air. Do not use any objects to clean
the spray nozzles!
– Adjusting washer nozzles for front windshield washer system.
Refer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 36.1 ; Procedure Descrip‐
tions .

3 Rear Window Wiper System

⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Window Wiper System”, page 76
⇒ “3.2 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing”, page 77
⇒ “3.3 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing”,
page 77
⇒ “3.4 Wiper Arm, Adjusting”, page 78
⇒ “3.5 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 , Removing and Installing”,
page 78
3.1 Overview - Rear Window Wiper System
1 - Cap
2 - Nut
❑ 12 Nm
3 - Wiper Arm with Joint-Free
Windshield Wiper
ling. Refer to
Arm, Removing and In‐
❑ Park position, adjusting.
Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Wiper Arm, Ad‐
justing”, page 78 .
❑ Joint-free windshield
wiper, removing and in‐
stalling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Wiper Blade, Re‐
moving and Installing”, AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 77 . agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
4 - Seal orise nte
h eo
❑ Inside the rear window aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Refer to
an
d
itte
⇒ “3.5 Rear Window

y li
rm
ab
Wiper Motor V12 , Re‐

pe
ility

ot
wit
, is n
page 78 .
h re
hole

spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co

Wiper Motor V12 , Re‐
rrectness of i
page 78 .
l purpos
5 - Rear Window Wiper Motor

- V12-
nform
ercia
⇒ “3.5 Rear Window Wiper Motor V12 , Removing and Installing”, page 78 .
m
a
com
6 - Nut
ion in
r
❑ 8 Nm
te o
thi
s
iva
❑ Quantity: 3
do
r
rp
cum
fo
7 - Rubber Ring
en
ng
t.
yi Co
❑ Quantity: 3 Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
76
AG.
Rep. Gr.92 - Wiper/Washer Systems
8 - Spacer
❑ Quantity: 3 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
3.2 Wiper Blade, Removing and Installing ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Caution
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Risk of damaging the wiper blade.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
♦ Joint-free windshield wipers are very flexible. Only take
h re
hold of the wiper blades in the wiper blade mounting area
hole
spec
in order to lift them away from the rear window.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
– Remove the wiper arm from the rear window.
l purpos
– Pivot the wiper blade in the direction of -arrow A- from the

windshield wiper arm.
nf
ercia
o
– Push the release button -2-.
rm
m
atio
m
– Remove the wiper blade on the wiper blade mount -1- in the
o
n in
c
direction of - arrow B- from the windshield wiper arm.

or
thi
te
sd
a
Installing
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
the following:
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
The wiper blade must audibly engage in the wiper arm.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3.3 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and

Installing
Removing
– Activate “rear wiper” and let the wiper arm run to end position.
– Switch off the ignition and remove the ignition key, if equipped.
– Push together the rear window wiper cap -1- in the direction
of -arrow A-.
– Fold the cap in the direction of -arrow B- and unclip.
– Loosen the nut but do not remove it.
– Install the -T10369/5- on the windshield wiper arm -2-.
– Position the thrust piece -3- on the wiper arm shaft.
– Rotate the bolt -1- clockwise until the wiper arm is removed
from the wiper arm shaft.
3. Rear Window Wiper System 77

– Completely remove the nut -4- and remove the windshield

wiper arm.
Installing
the following:
– Adjust the wiper arm. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Wiper Arm, Adjusting”, page 78 .
3.4 Wiper Arm, Adjusting

Procedure
– Remove the wiper arm. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing”, page
77 .
– Activate “rear wipe” and let wiper arm shaft run to end position.
– Position the wiper arm with wiper blade installed at the wiper
arm shaft.
– Align the wiper blade on the rear window as follows.
The dimension is the gap between tip of wiper blade and glower
AG. Volkswagen AG d
a en
edge of window. Volksw
oes
not
y gu
db ara
♦ Dimension -a- = 33 + 5 mm. rise nte
tho eo
– Tighten the wiper arm nut. s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl

pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Activate “rear wiper” and let the wiper arm run to end position.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Check the wiper arm adjustment again and correct if neces‐

wit
, is n
sary.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
rrectness of i
3.5 Rear Window Wiper Motor - V12- , Re‐

l purpos
moving and Installing

nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
Removing
c
in t
or
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the wiper arm. Refer to Cop py
t. rig
⇒ “3.3 Windshield Wiper Arm, Removing and Installing”, page yri
gh by
ht
77 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the lower rear lid trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Rear Lid
Lower Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the nuts -2, 3, and 5-.
– Remove the Rear Window Wiper Motor - V12- -4-.
Installing
the following:
– Coat the inside of the seal in the rear window with a rubber-
and plastic-compatible lubricant (polyethylene glycol).
– Make sure the seal fits correctly in the rear window opening.
Marking -1- of seal must align with marking -2- on rear window.
– Adjust the wiper arm. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Wiper Arm, Adjusting”, page 78 .
♦ Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
3. Rear Window Wiper System 79

4 Rear Window Washer System

⇒ “4.1 Overview - Rear Window Washer System”, page 80
page 82
⇒ “4.3 Rear Window Washer Pump, Removing and Installing”,
page 82
⇒ “4.4 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing”, page 83
⇒ “4.5 Spray Nozzle, Adjusting”, page 84
4.1 Overview - Rear Window Washer Sys‐

tem
⇒ “4.1.1 Overview - Rear Window Washer System, Sedan, Ex‐
cept GTI”, page 80
⇒ “4.1.2 Overview - Rear Window Washer System, Sedan, GTI”,
page 81 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
o w es n
olks o
⇒ “4.1.3 Overview - Rear Window d b Washer System, Wagon”, page uara
yV tg
82 rise nte
ho e t or
au a
4.1.1 Overview
ss - Rear Window Washer System, Sedan,
c
Except GTI
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
1 - High-Mounted Brake Lamp
rm
ab
pe
ility
2 - Washer Hose Connection
ot
wit
, is n
❑ For the rear window h re

hole
washer system spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Spray Nozzle
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
⇒ “4.4.1 Spray Nozzle,

l purpos
ling, Except GTI”,

page 83 .
nform
ercia
⇒ “4.5 Spray Nozzle,
m
a
com
ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do
❑ In the right side panel to

r
rp
cum
the rear window washer

fo
en
g
system spray nozzle

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ In the engine compart‐
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
ment to the rear window
agen
Prote AG.
washer system spray
nozzle
ling. Refer to
Washer Pump, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
82 .
❑ With grommet, replace if
damaged.


4.1.2 Overview - Rear Window Washer sSystem,

wage
n AG. VolSedan,
kswagen AG GTI
does
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
1 - High-Mounted Brake Lamp tho eo
Connection au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
❑ For the rear window
y li
erm
ab
washer system
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
system spray nozzle
t to the co
rrectne
washer system spray
s
nozzle
s o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
m
ling. Refer to
o
n
c
⇒ “4.2 Washer Fluid
i
or
n thi
e
Reservoir, Removing
t
sd
va
and Installing”,
i
o
pr
cum
page 82 .
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
6 - Windshield and Rear Win‐ Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
ling. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
82 .
damaged.
7 - Roof Edge Spoiler
9 - Spray Nozzle
⇒ “4.4.2 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing, Only GTI”, page 83 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “4.5 Spray Nozzle, Adjusting”, page 84 .
4. Rear Window Washer System 81

4.1.3 Overview - Rear Window Washer System, Wagon

❑ For the rear window
washer system
3 - Spray Nozzle
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Spray Nozzle,
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ling”, page 83 . ksw
agen oes
not
ol
❑ Adjusting. Refereto byV gu
ara
d
⇒ “4.5 Spray hNozzle,
oris nte
eo
Adjusting”,s apage
ut 84 . ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
system spray nozzle
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
washer system spray
nozzle
rrectness of i
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nform
ercia

m
at

om
io
82 .
n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
riv
damaged.
p
cum
for

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
❑ Removing and instal‐ C py
ht. rig
ling. Refer to ⇒ “4.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing”, page 82 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Installing
The combined washer fluid reservoir for the front and back wind‐
shield washer systems is located in the front left wheel housing.
– Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and installing. Refer to
page 72 .
4.3 Rear Window Washer Pump, Removing

and Installing
The washer pump for the windshield and the rear window washer
system is located inside the windshield washer fluid reservoir in
the left front wheel housing.
– Removing and installing the Windshield and Rear Window
Washer Pump - V59- . Refer to

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor Golf
e o 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
u ra
ss a Electrical c Equipment - Edition 12.2015
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “2.4 Windshield Washer Pump, Removing and Installing”,
an
itte
y li
page 74 .
erm
ab
ility
4.4 ot p
Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.4.1 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing, Except GTI”,
hole
spec
page 83
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “4.4.2 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing, Only GTI”, page
83
rrectness of i
4.4.1 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing,
Except GTI
l purpos
The spray nozzle is installed in the high-mounted brake lamp.
nf
ercia
or
Removing
m
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp. Refer to
o
m
f
⇒ “5.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing”,
en
ng
t.
yi Co
page 158 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Release both catches in direction of -arrows-. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Remove the spray nozzle -1- toward the rear from the high-
agen
Prote AG.
mounted brake lamp.
Installing
the following:
– Adjust the rear window washer system spray nozzles. Refer
to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 36.1 ; Procedure Descriptions .
4.4.2 Spray Nozzle, Removing and Installing,

Only GTI
The spray nozzle is installed in the high-mounted brake lamp.
Removing
– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp. Refer to
page 158 .
– Remove the spray nozzle -1- with the hose -2- in the direction
of -arrow A- from the high-mounted brake lamp.
Installing
the following:
Pay attention that the spray nozzle is pushed in the mount until it
stop.
4. Rear Window Washer System 83

olkswagen AG
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015swagen AG. V does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
4.5 Spray Nozzle, Adjusting
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
The spray nozzle on a GTI cannotss be adjusted.
ce
le
un
pt
– Adjust the rear window washer system spray nozzles. Refer
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 Headlamp Washer System

⇒ “5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System”, page 85
page 85
⇒ “5.3 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , Removing and Installing”,
page 86
⇒ “5.4 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing”, page 86
⇒ “5.5 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting”, page 87
⇒ “5.6 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 87
5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System
1 - Headlamp Washer Pump -

V11-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.3 Headlamp
Washer Pump V11 , Re‐
page 86 .
2 - Grommet
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Washer Fluid
Reservoir, Removing
and Installing”, AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 85 . agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
4 - Nut orise nte
th eo
❑ 8 Nm s au ra
c
s
❑ Quantity: 3
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
5 - Left Spray Nozzle

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
ling. Refer to
wit
, is n

h re

hole
spec
ling”, page 86 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co

7 - Right Spray Nozzle
rrectness of i

ling. Refer to
l purpos

nform
ercia
ling”, page 86 .
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
riv
Installing
p
cum
for
en
ng
The combined washer fluid reservoir for the windshield and rear
t.
yi Co
op
window washer systems, as well as the headlamp washer sys‐ C py
t. rig
tem, is located in the left front wheel housing.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Headlamp Washer System 85

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variantd b2015
yV ➤ gu
ara
e nte
Electrical Equipment -thoEdition 12.2015
ris
eo
au ra
ss c
– Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and installing. Refer to
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
page 72 .
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
5.3 Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- , Re‐ ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Drip Tray
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
ti
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
– Push the release button -3-.
um
fo
en
ng
t.
– Remove the washer fluid hose -4- from the Headlamp Washer
yi Co
op
Pump - V11- -1-.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the Headlamp Washer Pump - V11- -1- in the direc‐
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
tion of the -arrow A- upward out of the washer fluid reservoir.
agen
Prote AG.
Installing
the following:
– Check the sealing grommet for damage.
5.4 Spray Nozzles, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the lift cylinder. Refer to
⇒ “5.6 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
– Push the catch in the direction of -arrow A-.
– Remove the spray nozzle -1- from the lift cylinder -2-.
Installing
the following:
The spray nozzle must engage audibly when pushed in the lift
cylinder.

5.5 Spray Nozzles, Adjusting

The nozzles are already adjusted by the manufacturer and must
not be adjusted after installation.
– Check the adjustment of the spray nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Mainte‐
nance ; Booklet 36.1 ; Procedure Descriptions .
5.6 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing

♦ Drip Tray
Removing
– Remove the front wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body Exte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front Wheel Housing
Liner, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the noise insulation. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
olks
wageRep. es n
ot g
Gr. 66 ; Noise Insulation; Overview - Noise Insulation
db
y V . ua
ran
e
ris tee
– Place a drip tray under the lift cylinder. utho or
a ac
ss
– Push the release button -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Remove the washer fluid hose -2- in the direction of the arrow
itte
y li
-B- from the lift cylinder -3-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
A second technician is required for removing the cap.
t to the co
– Move the lift cylinder with the cap -1- out of the bumper cover
using pressurized air and hold.
rrectness of i
– Push the cap -1- on both sides out of the upper mounting -2-
l purpos
in the direction of the -arrow A-.

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
– Pivot the cap -1- in the direction of the -arrow B- and unclip
o
m
f
en
ng
from the lower mounting -3-.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Push the release buttons -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. Headlamp Washer System 87

– Remove the lift cylinder -2- downward from the bracket -3-.
Installing
the following:
Pay attention to the markings on the lift cylinder for the left and
right.
The lift cylinder must engage audibly when pushing in the mount.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
6 Washer Fluid Hoses
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
⇒ “6.1 Washer Fluid Hoses, Servicing”, page 89
ss
ce
le
un
pt
6.1 Washer Fluid Hoses, Servicing
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Washer Fluidot
wit
, is n
Hoses .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Washer Fluid Hoses 89

7 Special Tools
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm - VAG1331- AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

94 – Exterior Lights, Switches
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Headlamp 91
1 Headlamp
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Headlamp”, page 92
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 101
⇒ “1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 105
⇒ “1.4 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting”, page 105
⇒ “1.5 Left/Right Front Turn Signal Bulb M5 / M7 , Removing and
⇒ “1.6 Headlamp Housing Repair Kit, Installing”, page 109 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
⇒ “1.7 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD”, page 110 d by V ua
ran
ir se tee
⇒ “1.8 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48uth / V49 ,
o
or
Removing and Installing”, page 111 ss
a ac
ce
e
nl
⇒ “1.9 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page
pt
du
an
113
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.10 Left/Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb M30 / M32 , Re‐
ility
ot p
moving and Installing”, page 114
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.11 Left/Right HID Headlamp Bulb L13 / L14 , Removing and
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “1.12 Left/Right Position Lamp Bulb M1 / M3 , Removing and
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.13 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb L174 / L175 , Re‐
l purpos
⇒ “1.14 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp

LED Module L176 / L177 , Removing and Installing”, page 119
nform
ercia
⇒ “1.15 Left/Right Low Beam Headlamp Reflector Motor V294 /

m
at
V295 , Removing and Installing”, page 119
om
ion
c
in t
r
⇒ “1.16 Left/Right Cornering Lamp Bulb L148 / L149 , Removing

o
his
te
and Installing”, page 119

a
do
priv
cum
or
⇒ “1.17 Left/Right HID Headlamp Control Module J343 / J344 ,

f
en
g
Removing and Installing”, page 120

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
⇒ “1.18 Left/Right Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 / J668 ,
t rig
gh ht
yri by
Removing and Installing”, page 121 cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “1.19 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp
AG.
Control Module J860 / J861 , Removing and Installing”,

page 122
⇒ “1.20 Sensor for Left/Right Variable Headlamp Positioning Mo‐
tor G695 / G696 , Removing and Installing”, page 123
⇒ “1.21 Left/Right Variable Headlamp Positioning Motor V446 /
V447 , Removing and Installing”, page 123
⇒ “1.22 Left/Right Swivel Module Position Sensor G474 / G475 ,
⇒ “1.23 Left/Right Adaptive Cornering Lamp Motor V318 / V319 ,
1.1 Overview - Headlamp

⇒ “1.1.1 Overview - Halogen Dual Headlamp”, page 93
⇒ “1.1.2 Overview - HID Headlamp”, page 95
⇒ “1.1.3 Overview - HID Headlamp for Cornering Lamp and LED
Daytime Running Lamp”, page 97
⇒ “1.1.4 Overview - HID Headlamp with Dynamic High Beam
Control and LED-Daytime Running Lamps”, page 99
92 Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches

⇒ “1.1.5 Overview - Headlamp Housing Repair Set”, page 101
1.1.1 Overview - Halogen Dual Headlamp
1 - Bulb for Position Lamp/Day‐

time Running Lamp/High
Beam Headlamp
❑ The lamp has three
functions:
❑ Left Position Lamp Bulb
- M1- / Right Position
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Lamp Bulb - M3- ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
❑ Left Daytime Runninged by gu
ara
Lamp Bulb - L174-ho/ ris nte
eo
Right Daytime Running
s aut ra
c
Lamp Bulb - L175-
s
ce
le
un
pt
❑ Left High Beam Head‐
an
d
itte
lamp Bulb - M30- / Right
y li
rm
ab
High Beam Headlamp
pe
ility
Bulb - M32-
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
ling. Refer to
spec
⇒ “1.10 Left/Right High
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Beam Headlamp Bulb
M30 / M32 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 114 .
rrectness of i
2 - Socket
l purpos
❑ For bulb for position

lamp/daytime running
nform
ercia
lamp/high beam head‐

m
lamp
a
com
tion in
3 - Housing Cover
r
te o
thi
s
iva
4 - Housing Cover
do
r
rp
cum
fo
5 - Headlamp Beam Adjust‐

en
ng
t.
ment Motor
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Left Headlamp Beam
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Adjustment Motor - V48-
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
❑ Right Headlamp Beam
agen
Prote AG.
Adjustment Motor - V49-
⇒ “1.8.1 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 , Removing and Installing, Halogen
Dual Headlamps”, page 111 .
6 - Housing Cover
7 - Housing Cover
8 - Bulb Socket
❑ To the low beam headlamp bulb mount
9 - Low Beam Headlamp Bulb
❑ Left Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M29-
❑ Right Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M31-
⇒ “1.9 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 113 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ For attaching on the upper longitudinal member
1. Headlamp 93
11 - Adjusting Element
12 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Only loosen
❑ For attaching to the headlamp mount
13 - Balancing Element
14 - Spring Nut
15 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ For attaching the bumper guide
16 - Headlamp
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 101 .
17 - Impact Screw
❑ For adjusting the headlamp parallel to the hood edge
18 - Banjo Bolt
❑ For the headlamp height adjustment
wage es n
19 - Bolt Vol
ks ot g
d by ua
❑ 4 Nm ris
e ran
tee
tho or
❑ For attaching to the slock
au carrier ac
s
ce
le
20 - Front Turn Signal Bulb

un
pt
an
d
❑ Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5-

itte
y li
rm
ab
❑ Right Front Turn Signal Bulb - M7-
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “1.5.1 Left/Right Front Turn Signal Bulb M5 / M7 , Removing and Installing, Halogen Dual Headlamp”,
hole
page 107 .
spec
es, in part or in w
21 - Socket
t to the co
❑ For the front turn signal lamp

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.1.2 Overview - HID Headlamp
1 - Headlamp
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Re‐
page 101 .
❑ Left Front Turn Signal
Bulb - M5-
❑ Right Front Turn Signal
Bulb - M7-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5.2 Left/Right Front
Turn Signal Bulb M5 /
M7 , Removing and In‐
stalling, HID Head‐
lamps”, page 108 .
3 - Cornering Lamp Bulb
❑ Left Cornering Lamp
Bulb - L148-
❑ Right Cornering Lamp
Bulb - L149-
ling. Refer to lkswage es n
⇒ “1.16 Left/Right Cor‐ d byV
o ot g
ua
nering Lamp Bulb L148 / o
ir se
ran
tee
L149 , Removing and In‐ auth or
ac
stalling”, page 119 . ss
ce
e
nl
4 - Housing Cover pt
du
an
itte
y li
5 - HID Headlamp Bulb
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ With integrated ignition wit

, is n
coil
h re
hole
❑ Left HID Headlamp Bulb

spec
- L13-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ Right HID Headlamp Bulb - L14-

⇒ “1.11 Left/Right HID Headlamp Bulb L13 / L14 , Removing and Installing”, page 115 .
rrectness of i
6 - Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor

l purpos
❑ Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48-

❑ Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V49-
nf
ercia
orm

m
atio
m
⇒ “1.8.2 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 , Removing and Installing, HID Head‐
o
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a
7 - Housing Cover
iv
o
r
rp
cu
❑ 2 Nm
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ With screws
Co
Cop py
.
❑ Quantity: 5
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
8 - Bolt
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 4 Nm
❑ With balancing element
1. Headlamp 95
9 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
10 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ 4 Nm Volksw not
gu
d by ara
e
11 - HID Headlamp Control Module horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Left HID Headlamp Control Module
ss a - J343- ra
c
❑ Right HID Headlamp Control Module - J344-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “1.17 Left/Right HID Headlamp Control Module J343 / J344 , Removing and Installing”, page 120 .
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ Screws: 2 Nm
wit
, is n
h re
12 - Headlamp Range Control Module - J431-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “11.2 Control Module for Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range, Removing and
t to the co
13 - Level Control System Sensor
rrectness of i
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 43 ; Level Control System
l purpos
Sensor .
14 - Impact Screw
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
15 - Bolt
om
n in
c
❑ 4 Nm
or
thi
te
sd
a
❑ With banjo bolt

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
16 - Daytime Running Lamp Bulb t. Cop py
rig
❑ Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174-
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
❑ Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L175-
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.13.2 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb L174 / L175 , Removing and Installing, HID Headlamp”,
page 118 .

1.1.3 Overview - HID Headlamp for Cornering Lamp and LED Daytime Running
Lamp
1 - Headlamp
ling. Refer to
page 101 .
❑ Left Front Turn Signal
Bulb - M5-
Bulb - M7-
ling. Refer to
M7 , Removing and In‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
stalling, HID Head‐ olksw not
y V gu
lamps”, page 108 .rised b ara
nt ee
tho or
3 - Cornering Lamp Bulb au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Bulb - L148-
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
Bulb - L149-
ility
ot
wit
, is n
ling. Refer to h re
hole
⇒ “1.16 Left/Right Cor‐ spec

es, in part or in w
nering Lamp Bulb L148 /

t to the co
L149 , Removing and In‐

rrectness of i
4 - Housing Cover
l purpos

❑ With integrated ignition
coil
nform
ercia

m
- L13-
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
7 - Housing Cover
❑ 2 Nm
❑ With screws
❑ Quantity: 5
8 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
1. Headlamp 97
9 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
11 - Headlamp Power Output Stage agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ Screws: 2 Nm d byV gu
ara
ise nte
❑ Left Headlamp Power hor Output Stage - J667- eo
aut ra
❑ Right Headlamp ss Power Output Stage - J668- c
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
⇒ “1.18 Left/Right Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 / J668 , Removing and Installing”, page 121 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
12 - HID Headlamp Control Module
ility
ot p
wit
❑ Screws: 2 Nm
is n
h re
ole,
❑ Left HID Headlamp Control Module - J343-
spec
t to the co
rrectne
13 - Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module
❑ Screws: 2 Nm
ss
❑ Left Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module - J860-
o
cial p
f i
❑ Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module - J861-
nform
mer

atio
m
⇒ “1.19 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module J860 / J861 , Removing
o
n
c
and Installing”, page 122 .

i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
14 - Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module - J745-

iv
o
pr
cum

r
fo
en
ng
⇒ “11.2 Control Module for Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range, Removing and
t.
yi Co
op
Installing”, page 211 . C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Sensor .
16 - Impact Screw
17 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ With banjo bolt

1.1.4 Overview - HID Headlamp with Dynamic High Beam Control and LED-Day‐
time Running Lamps
1 - Headlamp
ling. Refer to
moving and Installing”, AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 101 . agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
2 - Front Turn Signal Bulb rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Left Front Turn Signal aut ra
c
Bulb - M5- ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Bulb - M7-
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ling. Refer to
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
stalling, HID Head‐
t to the co
3 - Cornering Lamp Bulb
rrectness of i
l purpos
Bulb - L148-
Bulb - L149-
nform
ercia

m
a
com
t
ling. Refer to
ion in
⇒ “1.16 Left/Right Cor‐
r
te o
thi
nering Lamp Bulb L148 /
s
iva
do
r
rp
stalling”, page 119 . cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
4 - Housing Cover
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
❑ With integrated ignition Prote
cted AG.
agen
coil
- L13-
7 - Housing Cover
❑ 2 Nm
❑ With screws
❑ Quantity: 5
8 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
1. Headlamp 99
9 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
10 - Bolt
agen oes
olksw not
11 - Headlamp Power Output Stage d by V gu
ara
ise nte
❑ Screws: 2 Nm thor eo
au ra
❑ Left Headlamp Power Output Stage - J667- ss c
ce
e
❑ Right Headlamp Power Output Stage - J668-
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “1.18 Left/Right Headlamp Power Output Stage J667 / J668 , Removing and Installing”, page 121 .
ility
ot p
wit
12 - HID Headlamp Control Module
, is n
h re
❑ Screws: 2 Nm
hole
spec
❑ Left HID Headlamp Control Module - J343-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
13 - Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module
l purpos
❑ Screws: 2 Nm
❑ Left Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module - J860-
nform
ercia
❑ Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module - J861-
m
at
om
io
n
c
in t
r
⇒ “1.19 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Module J860 / J861 , Removing
o
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
14 - Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module - J745-
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
⇒ “11.2 Control Module for Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range, Removing and t. C rig
gh ht
Installing”, page 211 . yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
Sensor .
16 - Impact Screw
17 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ With banjo bolt

1.1.5 Overview - Headlamp Housing Repair Set
1 - Headlamp
2 - Inner Mounting Tab
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Headlamp Hous‐
ing Repair Kit, Instal‐
ling”, page 109 .
3 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
4 - Rear Mounting olTab
ksw
a
not
yV gu
❑ Removing ris
ed and instal‐
b ara
nte
ling.
u thoRefer to eo
ra
s⇒s a “1.6 Headlamp Hous‐ c
ce
e
nl
pt
ling”, page 109 .
du
an
itte
y li
5 - Screw
erm
ab
ility
ot p
❑ 2 Nm
wit
, is n
❑ Quantity: 3
h re
hole
spec
6 - Screw
es, in part or in w
t to the co
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 1
rrectness of i
7 - Upper Mounting Tab

l purpos
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Headlamp Hous‐
nf
ercia

or
ling”, page 109 .

m
m
atio
om
8 - Screw
n in
or c
thi
❑ 2 Nm
te
sd
iva
❑ Quantity: 2
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
9 - Outer Mounting Tab

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.6 Headlamp Housing Repair Kit, Installing”, page 109 .
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing
WARNING
Life-threatening danger due to high voltage.

♦ Pay attention to usage and safety information for HID
headlamps. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 HID Headlamps Usage and Safety Precautions”,
page 2 .
1. Headlamp 101
Note
♦ If only one headlamp was removed, then the front bumper

cover must be loosened only on the respective side.
♦ If both headlamps are removed, then the front bumper must
be completely removed. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing .
Removing
– Remove the ignition key, if equipped. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Remove the radiator grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; ed byRep. Gr.
V gu
ara
66 ; Radiator Grille/Front Trim; Radiator Grille,hoRemoving
ris and nte
eo
Installing . aut ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Caution
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
There is a risk of damaging the components.
ility
ot p
wit
is n
♦ Carefully remove the bumper cover. Make sure that the
h re
ole,
bumper cover is not deformed or ripped.
spec
♦ When removing the headlamp the surface can be scratch‐
t to the co
ed. Tape up those components which could be damaged.
rrectne
– Remove the bolts -3- from the front wheel housing liner.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bolts between the bumper cover and lock carrier
from below.
– If equipped, remove the bolts -1-.
– Detach the bumper cover -2- from the fender and remove in
the direction of the -arrow A-.
Note
The front bumper cover requires complete removal only when re‐
moval and installation of both headlamps are performed. Refer to
⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 63 ; Front Bumper; Bumper Cover,
1. Headlamp 103
– Tape off the marked areas -3- on the headlamp -2-.

– Tape off the bottom of the fender brace -4-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Tape off the marked area -5- on the bumper
Vol cover -1-.
ksw not
gu
y
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the bolts -3, 5 and 6-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Loosen the bolt -4-.

– Remove the headlamp -1- forward.
Installing
the following:

AG. VoGolf
lkswa2015
gen AG➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
agen Electrical Equipment
not - Edition 12.2015
does
olksw
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
– Slide the headlamp into the bumper cover hoguide.
r eo
aut ra
c
– Uniformly adjust the headlamp gap distribution.
ss
Refer to
ce
le
⇒ “1.4 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting”,
un
pt
an
page 105 .
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Push on the bumper cover -1-. Pay attention that it is pushed
pe
ility
in the mounts -2- under the headlamp.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Perform a function test.
hole
spec
– Check and correct headlamp adjustment, if necessary. Refer
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
♦ Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Headlamp”, page 92
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
t
1.3 Headlamp, Adjusting
ion in
r
te o
thi
⇒ “1.3.1 Halogen Twin Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 105
s
iva
do
r
rp
c
⇒ “1.3.2 HID Headlamp, Adjusting”, page 105
um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “1.3.3 Fog Lamp, Adjusting”, page 105
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
⇒ “1.3.4 Auxiliary Headlamps, Adjusting”, page 105 rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
1.3.1 Halogen Twin Headlamp, Adjusting
cted agen
Prote AG.
Adjusting the halogen twin headlamp. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance ;

Booklet 36.1 ; Procedure Descriptions .
1.3.2 HID Headlamp, Adjusting

HID headlamp, adjusting. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 36.1 ;
Procedure Descriptions .
1.3.3 Fog Lamp, Adjusting

Adjusting the fog lamps. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 36.1 ;
Procedure Descriptions .
1.3.4 Auxiliary Headlamps, Adjusting

Retrofitted auxiliary headlamps must be checked and adjusted
according to the guidelines used for other systems.
1.4 Headlamp Installation Position, Correcting

Procedure
– Loosen the bolts -3 through 6-.
1. Headlamp 105
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Uniformly adjust the gap distribution of the headlamp -1- to the

fender.
– Tighten the bolts -5 and 6-.
– Close the hood.
– Uniformly adjust the gap distribution of the banjo bolt for the
bolt -3- and the impact screw -2-.
– Open the hood.
– Tighten the bolt -3- in the bolt.
– Tighten the bolt -4-.

1.5 Left/Right Front Turn Signal Bulb -M5- /

-M7- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “1.5.1 Left/Right Front Turn Signal Bulb M5 / M7 , Removing
and Installing, Halogen Dual Headlamp”, page 107
Volkswagen AG
⇒ “1.5.2 Left/Right Front Turn Signal Bulb M5 / M7 , Removingswagen AG. does
and Installing, HID Headlamps”, page 108 by
Vol
k not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
1.5.1 Left/Right Front Turn Signal Bulb
au
tho -M5- / eo
ra
-M7- , Removing and Installing, Halogen
ss c
ce
le
un
Dual Headlamp
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Removing
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Remove the housing cover -1- from the headlamp.
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Remove the socket with bulb socket -1- from the reflector -2- py by
co Vo
in the direction of the -arrow A-.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Headlamp 107
– Remove the Left Front Turn Signal Bulb - M5- -2- from the
socket -1-.
Installing
the following:
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the headlamp.

♦ Do not touch glass cone of bulb with bare fingers. Fingers
will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the
bulb is switched on, will evaporate and cloud the glass.
♦ Use clean cloth gloves to insert the bulbs.
♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the housing
cover. Water getting in the headlamp will cause damage.

agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olksw
to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 36.1 ; Procedure Descriptions . ot g
yV b ua
ed ran
oris tee
1.5.2 Left/Right Front Turn sSignal Bulb -M5- / th or
s au ac
-M7- , Removing and Installing, HID
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Headlamps
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
If the left turn signal bulb cannot be removed as described, then
the air filter housing must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; rrectness of i
l purpos
Air Filter; Air Filter Housing, Removing and Installing or ⇒ Rep.

Gr. 24 ; Air Filter; Air Filter Housing, Removing and Installing .
nf
ercia
Vehicles with TDI Engine

orm
m
If the right turn signal bulb cannot be removed as described, then

atio
m
the fuel filter must be loosened. The fuel filter is set aside with the
o
n in
or c
wires connected. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 20 ; Fuel Filter; Fuel Filter,

thi
te

sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
All Vehicles
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Turn the housing cover -1- in the direction of -arrow A- and t. Cop py
remove from the headlamp.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn the bulb socket -1- counter-clockwise until stop.

– Remove the bulb socket -1- in the direction of -arrow A- out of
the reflector -2-.
– Release and disconnect the connector -1- on the Left Front

Turn Signal Bulb - M5- with the bulb socket -2-.
Installing
the following:
Caution agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
There is a risk of damaging the headlamp. ris d ara
e nte
ho eo
ut
♦ Do not touch glass cone of bulb with s abare fingers. Fingers ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
1.6 Headlamp Housing Repair Kit, Installing

nform
ercia

m
at
om
Headlamp mounting tabs that have broken off can be replaced by

on
c
in t
installing the repair set. Completely replacing the headlamp is not

or
his
e
necessary.
at
do
priv
There are different repair kits for left and right headlamps. Refer
um
for
en
g
to Parts Catalog.
n
t.
yi Co
op py
Procedure
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
– Remove the headlamp with the broken tabs. Refer to by c lksw
cted agen
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 101 . Prote AG.
– Remove the rest of the broken tab on the headlamp housing.

– Place the mounting tabs -1- from the repair kit on the headlamp
and secure them with the bolts -2-.
1. Headlamp 109
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Install the headlamp and align to the body contour. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.7 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD

⇒ “1.7.1 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD, Halogen Dual
Headlamp”, page 110
⇒ “1.7.2 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD, Except Halogen
Dual Headlamp”, page 111
1.7.1 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD,

Halogen Dual Headlamp
If the vehicle is driven in countries where the traffic drives on the
other side of the road (either right-hand or left-hand traffic) than
where it is normally driven, no actions whatsoever must be per‐
formed.

agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V g
by ua
1.7.2 Headlamp, Changing from LHD to RHD,
horis
ed ran
tee
Except Halogen Dual Headlamp
ut or
a ac
ss
ce
e
If the vehicle is driven in countries where the traffic drives on the nl
pt
du
an
other side of the road (either right-hand or left-hand traffic) than
itte
y li
where it is normally driven, both headlamps must be adjusted. To
erm
ab
ility
prevent the asymmetrical low beam from blinding.
ot p
wit
, is n
Converting between left and right hand traffic and vice-versa
h re
hole
takes place via the Infotainment system.
spec
es, in part or in w
The use of travel mode is only permitted, when it is used only short
t to the co
period of time. For longer use country-specific headlamps must
be installed.
rrectness of i
– Push the button CAR on the Front Information Display Control
Head - J685- .
l purpos
– Push the functional surface Setup and Lamp .
nf
ercia
– Enter the adaptation in the “Lamp Settings” menu.
orm
m
atio
m
1.8 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment

o
n in
or c
Motor - V48- / -V49- , Removing and In‐
thi
te
sd
a
stalling
iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
⇒ “1.8.1 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 ,

t.
yi Co
op
Removing and Installing, Halogen Dual Headlamps”, page 111 C py
ht. rig
rig ht
⇒ “1.8.2 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 ,
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Removing and Installing, HID Headlamps”, page 112 Prote
cted AG.
agen
1.8.1 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment

stalling, Halogen Dual Headlamps
Removing
If the Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- cannot be
removed as described, then the headlamp must be removed. Re‐
fer to ⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 101 .
– Remove the housing cover -1- from the headlamp in the di‐
rection of -arrow A-.
– Release the Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48-
-1-:
♦ Turn the led headlamp left opposite the direction of the
-arrow A-.
♦ Turn the headlamp right in the direction of the -arrow A-.
1. Headlamp 111
– Pull the Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- -1- in

the direction of the -arrow C-.
– Turn the height adjustment -2- in the direction of the
-arrow B- (lower the reflector). While doing so hold the Left
Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- -1- tensioned.
– Remove the Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48-
-1- from the headlamp height adjustment in the direction of the
-arrow C-.
Installing
the following:
Caution

– Connect the connector when pushing in the Left Headlamp

Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- .
– Pull the reflector rearward and push gethe
n AGLeft
. VolkHeadlamp
swagen AG Beam
does
Adjustment Motor - V48- in ythe ol swa
kheadlamp-height adjustment,
not
V gu
until it engages audibly.ised b ara
n r tee
ho
– Secure the Left Headlamp
sa
ut Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- or
ac
-1- in the directionsof the arrow -A-.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Turn the height adjustment -2- opposite of the direction of the

an
itte
y li
arrow -B-. The reflector must be moveable.

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.8.2 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment

rrectness of i
stalling, HID Headlamps

l purpos
nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
io
– Remove the headlamp. Refer to

n
c
in t
r

o
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the housing cover -1- bolts -2-.

– Remove the housing cover -1-.
– Release the Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48-
-1-:
♦ Turn the headlamp left in the direction of the -arrow A-.
♦ Turn the headlamp right opposite the direction of the
-arrow A-.
– Pull the Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- -1- in
the direction of the -arrow C-.
– Turn the height adjustment -2- in the direction of the
-arrow B- (lower the reflector). While doing so hold the Left
Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- -1- tensioned.
– Remove the Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48-
-1- from the headlamp height adjustment in the direction of the
-arrow C-.

Installing
the following:
Caution AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V
There is a risk of damaging the eheadlamp.
db
y gu
ara
ris nte
o
♦ During installation, ensure t proper seating of the housing
h eo
au ra
cover. Water getting sin the headlamp will cause damage.
s c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Connect the connector when pushing in the Left Headlamp

erm
ab
Beam Adjustment Motor - V48- .

ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Pull the reflector rearward and push the Left Headlamp Beam
h re
ole,
Adjustment Motor - V48- in the headlamp-height adjustment,

spec
until it engages audibly.

t to the co
– Secure the Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48-

-1- opposite the direction of the -arrow A-.
rrectne
– Turn the height adjustment -2- opposite of the direction of the

-arrow B-. The reflector must be moveable.
ss

o
cial p
f in

form
mer

atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
1.9 Low Beam Headlamp Bulb, Removing

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
and Installing
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
moving and installing on the right side is identical. Prote AG.
The Left Low Beam Headlamp Bulb - M29- / Right Low Beam
Headlamp Bulb - M31- is only installed with halogen twin head‐
lamps.
Removing
1. Headlamp 113

– Turn the housing cover -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-, until
the retaining tab -3- is in the opening -2-.
– Remove the bulb socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow B-.
– Remove bulb -1- from socket -2-. AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
lksw not
Installing d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
r
Install in the reverse order of removaluwhile
tho paying attention to eo
ra
the following: ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Caution
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re

ole,

spec

t to the co

rrectne

ss o
cial p
– Install new bulb in the bulb socket.

inform
mer
– Install the bulb socket in the reflector do that the retaining tab
atio
points upward and fits in the opening.

om
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
1.10 Left/Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb -
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
py
M30- / -M32- , Removing and Installing
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Remove the housing cover -1- in the direction of the
-arrow A-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
– Turn the socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-, until the
h re
hole
contacts are turned out of the contact housing -2-.
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow B-.
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
– Remove the lamp -2- from the socket -1-.

ate
do
priv
Installing
um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
the following: t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Caution
agen
Prote AG.


1.11 Left/Right HID Headlamp Bulb - L13- / -

L14- , Removing and Installing
1. Headlamp 115
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
WARNING autho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
High voltage poses a life-endangering risk, injury risk and en‐
un
pt
vironmental hazard.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
headlamps. Refer to
ot
wit
, is n
h re
page 2 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Remove the housing cover -1 bolts 2-.

m
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Turn the securing tab -1- in the direction of the -arrow A- to

disconnect the connector -2-.

– Turn the locking mechanism -1- in the direction of the

-arrow A-.
– Remove the HID headlamp bulb -2- in the direction of the
-arrow B- from the housing.
Installing
the following:
Caution

gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
ksw not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
Note ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Installation position: the electrical connection faces down.

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
1.12 Left/Right Position Lamp Bulb - M1- / -
M3- , Removing and Installing ss o
cial p
f in
⇒ “1.12.1 Left/Right Position Lamp Bulb M1 / M3 , Removing and

form
mer
Installing, Halogen Dual Headlamp”, page 117

atio
om
⇒ “1.12.2 Left/Right Position Lamp Bulb M1 / M3 , Removing and

n
c
i
or
Installing, HID Headlamp”, page 118

thi
te
sd
iva
1.12.1 Left/Right Position Lamp Bulb - M1- / -

pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
M3- , Removing and Installing, Halogen

t.
yi Co
op py
Dual Headlamp
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
The Left Position Lamp Bulb - M1- and the Right Position Lamp
lksw
cted agen
Prote
Bulb - M3- is integrated in the Left High Beam Headlamp Bulb -
AG.
M30- and in the Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb - M32- .

– Left/Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb -M30- / -M32- , Remov‐
ing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Left/Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb M30 / M32 ,
Removing and Installing”, page 114 .
1. Headlamp 117
1.12.2 Left/Right Position Lamp Bulb - M1- / -

M3- , Removing and Installing, HID
Headlamp
The Left Position Lamp Bulb - M1- and the Right Position Lamp
Bulb - M3- is integrated in the Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb -
L174- and in the Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L175- .
– Daytime Running Lamp Bulb -L174- / -L175- , Removing and
installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.13.2 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb L174 / L175 ,
Removing and Installing, HID Headlamp”, page 118 .
1.13 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb

- L174- / -L175- , Removing and Instal‐
ling AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “1.13.1 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb L174 / L175 , d by Vo gu
ara
Removing and Installing, Halogen Dual Headlamp”, page 118 orise nte
h eo
ut ra
⇒ “1.13.2 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb L174 / sL175
s a , c
Removing and Installing, HID Headlamp”, page 118
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1.13.1 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb
itte
y li
erm
ab
- L174- / -L175- , Removing and Instal‐
ility
ot p
wit
ling, Halogen Dual Headlamp
, is n
h re
hole
spec
The Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174- and the Right Day‐
es, in part or in w
time Running Lamp Bulb - L175- is integrated in the Left High
t to the co
Beam Headlamp Bulb - M30- and in the Right High Beam Head‐
lamp Bulb - M32- .
rrectness of i
– Left/Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb -M30- / -M32- , Remov‐
l purpos
⇒ “1.10 Left/Right High Beam Headlamp Bulb M30 / M32 ,

nf
ercia
1.13.2 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp Bulb
orm
m
atio
-L174- / -L175- , Removing and Instal‐
om
n in
c
ling, HID Headlamp

or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
The Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174- and the Right Day‐ Cop py
t. rig
time Running Lamp Bulb - L175- has the function of the Left yri
gh by
ht
Position Lamp Bulb - M1- and the Right Position Lamp Bulb - M3- .
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Removing
AG.

– Turn the housing cover -1- in the direction of the -arrow A- and
– Remove the Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174- on the
handle -1- in the direction of the -arrow A- rearward from the
reflector.

– Remove the Left Daytime Running Lamp Bulb - L174- from the
handle.
Installing
the following:
Caution

G. Volkswage
♦ Do not touch glass cone of bulb with lbareksw fingers. Fingers
agen
A n AG d
oes
not
will leave traces of grease on the byglass
Vo which, when the gu
ara
bulb is switched on, will evaporate
orise
d
and cloud the glass. nte
h eo
ut
♦ Use clean cloth gloves to
ss insert the bulbs.
a ra
c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.14 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp and
rrectness of i
Position Lamp LED Module - L176- / -
L177- , Removing and Installing
l purpos
The Left Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED Module
nf
ercia
- L176- / Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp LED
orm
Module - L177- is only installed with HID headlamps.
m
atio
om
The daytime running lamp and position lamp bulbs are LED lamps
n in
or c
and are integrated in the headlamp. Changing the LEDs is not thi
te
sd
a
possible. The headlamp must be completely replaced.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Headlamps, Removing and installing. Refer to

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
1.15 Left/Right Low Beam Headlamp Reflec‐
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
tor Motor -V294- / -V295- , Removing
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
and Installing
The Left Low Beam Headlamp Reflector Motor - V294- / Right
Low Beam Headlamp Reflector Motor - V295- is only installed with
HID headlamps without cornering lamps.
The low beam headlamp reflector motor sits in the headlamp and
cannot be replaced separately if it is faulty.
1.16 Left/Right Cornering Lamp Bulb - L148- /

-L149- , Removing and Installing
The Left Cornering Lamp Bulb - L148- / Right Cornering Lamp
Bulb - L149- is only installed with HID headlamps.
Removing
1. Headlamp 119
– Turn the housing cover -1- in the direction of the -arrow A- and
– Push upward in the direction of the -arrow A- on the bulb sock‐
et -1-.
– Remove the bulb socket -1- from the reflector -2-.
– Disconnect the connector.

Installing
the following:
Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Vo l
by gu
d ara
ise nte
♦ Do not touchut
h or
glass cone of bulb with bare fingers. Fingerseo
will leave
ss a traces of grease on the glass which, when the ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
1.17 Left/Right HID Headlamp Control Mod‐

l purpos
ule - J343- / -J344- , Removing and In‐

stalling
nform
mercia
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
WARNING
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
vironmental hazard. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
headlamps. Refer to Prote AG.
page 2 .
Removing


AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing
ksw
and
agen Installing”, page 101
oes .
n ol ot g
yV ua
– Remove the screwsise-2-.
db ran
r tee
ho
– Remove the Left
sa
ut Hid Headlamp Control Module - J343- -1- or
ac
from the headlamp.
s
ce
le
un
pt
– Push the release buttons -4 and 6-.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Disconnect the connectors -3 and 5-.
ility
ot p
wit
Installing
is n
h re
ole,
spec
the following:
t to the co
Caution
rrectne
Make sure the seal fits correctly when installing the HID head‐
lamp control module. Water getting in the headlamp will cause
ss
damage.
o
cial p
f inform
mer
– Make sure the seal between the control module and the head‐
atio
m
lamp is not damaged.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e
t
sd
iva
o
pr
c
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
1.18 Left/Right Headlamp Power Output
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
Stage -J667- / -J668- , Removing and
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Installing
agen
Prote AG.
The Left Headlamp Power Output Stage - J667- / Right Headlamp
Power Output Stage - J668- is only installed with HID headlamps
with cornering lamps.
WARNING

vironmental hazard.
headlamps. Refer to
page 2 .
Removing
– Remove the Left Headlamp Power Output Stage - J667- -1-
from the headlamp.
1. Headlamp 121
– Press the release button -4-.

Installing
the following:
Caution agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
b
Make sure the seal fits correctly when installing the HID head‐ rise
d ara
nte
utho eo
ra
damage. ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Make sure the seal between the control module and the head‐ erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
1.19 Left/Right Daytime Running Lamp and
rrectne
Position Lamp Control Module - J860- /
-J861- , Removing and Installing
ss o
cial p
f
inform
mer
atio
m
The Left Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp Control Mod‐
o
n
c
ule - J860- / Right Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp
i
or
n thi
e
Control Module - J861- is only installed with HID headlamps.

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
WARNING
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
High voltage poses a life-endangering risk, injury risk and en‐ gh ht
yri by
vironmental hazard. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
headlamps. Refer to
page 2 .
Removing
– Remove the Left Daytime Running Lamp and Position Lamp
Control Module - J860- -1- from the headlamp.

– Remove the control module.

Installing
the following: AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
ksw es n
y Vol ot g
ua
Caution ris
ed
b ran
tee
tho
or
au ac
Make sure the seal fits
ss correctly when installing the HID head‐
ce
le
un
pt
damage.
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Make sure the seal between the control module and the head‐
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
1.20 Sensor for Left/Right Variable Head‐
s
lamp Positioning Motor - G695- / -
s o
cial p
f i
G696- , Removing and Installing
nform
mer
atio
The Sensor for Left Variable Headlamp Positioning Motor -
om
G695- / Sensor for Right Variable Headlamp Positioning Motor -
n
c
i
or
n
G696- is only installed with HID headlamps.
thi
te
sd
va
The sensor for variable headlamp positioning motor is inside the

i
o
pr
cum
r
headlamp housing and cannot be replaced separately if it is faulty.

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Headlamps, Removing and installing. Refer to Cop py
t. rig
⇒ “1.2 Headlamp, Removing and Installing”, page 101 . opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
1.21 Left/Right Variable Headlamp Position‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
ing Motor -V446- / -V447- , Removing

and Installing
The Left Variable Headlamp Positioning Motor - V446- / Right
Variable Headlamp Positioning Motor - V447- is only installed with
HID headlamps.
The variable headlamp positioning motor sits in the headlamp
housing and cannot be replaced separately if it is faulty.
1.22 Left/Right Swivel Module Position Sen‐

sor -G474- / -G475- , Removing and
Installing
The Left Swivel Module Position Sensor - G474- / Right Swivel
Module Position Sensor - G475- is only installed with HID head‐
lamps.
The swivel module position sensor sits in the headlamp housing
and cannot be replaced separately if it is faulty.
1. Headlamp 123
1.23 Left/Right Adaptive Cornering Lamp

Motor - V318- / -V319- , Removing and
Installing
The Left Adaptive Cornering Lamp Motor - V318- / Right Adaptive
Cornering Lamp Motor - V319- is installed only with HID head‐
lamps.
The adaptive cornering lamp motor sits in the headlamp housing
and cannot be replaced separately if it is faulty.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2 Fog Lamps
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Fog Lamps”, page 125
⇒ “2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 126
⇒ “2.3 Left/Right Front Fog Lamp Bulb L22 / L23 , Removing and
2.1 Overview - Fog Lamps

⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Fog Lamps, Except GTI”, page 125
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Fog Lamps, GTI”, page 126
2.1.1 Overview - Fog Lamps, Except GTI
1 - Fog Lamp
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Fog Lamp, Re‐
Except GTI”,
page 126 .
2 - Cap
3 - Fog Lamp Bulb
❑ Left Front Fog Lamp
Bulb - L22- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
❑ Right Front Fog Lamp ed byV gu
ara
Bulb - L23- horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Removing and ss a instal‐ ra
c
ling. Refer to
ce
e
nl
⇒ “2.3 Left/Right Front

pt
du
an
itte
Fog Lamp Bulb L22 /

y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
4 - Screw
hole
spec
❑ 2 Nm
es, in part or in w
t to the co
5 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Fog Lamps 125

2.1.2 Overview - Fog Lamps, GTI
1 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
2 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Fog Lamp
❑ Changing the LEDs is
not possible. The fog
lamp must be complete‐
ly replaced.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Fog Lamp, Re‐
GTI”, page 127 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing

rrectness of i
l purpos
⇒ “2.2.1 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing, Except GTI”,

page 126
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing, GTI”, page 127

m
2.2.1 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing, Ex‐

a
com
tion in
cept GTI
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Removing t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
– Remove the ignition key, if equipped. Prote AG.
– Remove the wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;

Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Front Wheel Housing Lin‐
er, Removing and Installing .


– Pivot the fog lamp -2- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
n AG. Volkswagen A
– Remove the fog lamp -2-olks
winagthe
e
direction of the -arrow
G do
es n B- from
ot g
the bumper cover.d by V ua
r e an
ris tee
– Disengage the
ut connector and disconnect.
ho or
a ac
ss
Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
the following:
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Adjusting the fog lamps. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
wit
, is n
36.1 ; Procedure Descriptions .
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Fog Lamps, Except GTI”, page 125
rrectness of i
2.2.2 Fog Lamp, Removing and Installing,
l purpos
GTI
nform
ercia

m
at
om
i
Removing
on
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Lift the fog lamp -4- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
– Remove the fog lamp -4- from the bumper cover.
Installing
the following:
– Adjusting the fog lamps. Refer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
36.1 ; Procedure Descriptions .
♦ Refer to ⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Fog Lamps, GTI”, page 126
2.3 Left/Right Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22- /

Removing
2. Fog Lamps 127

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ hor is tee
t or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
– Turn the steering to the right.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Pry the cover -1- in the wheel housing liner in the direction of
erm
ab
the -arrow A-.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Remove the cap -3- from the fog lamp housing -5-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Turn the Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22- -2- in the direction
of the -arrow B- and remove from the fog lamp housing -5-.
– Remove the cap -3- from the Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22-
rrectness of i
-2-.
l purpos
Installing
nf
ercia
o
the following:
rm
m
atio
om
n in
c
Caution
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
will leave traces of grease on the glass which, when the C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Use clean cloth gloves to insert the bulbs. cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ During installation, ensure proper seating of the cap. Wa‐

ter getting in the headlamp will cause damage.
– Push the cap -3- on the Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22- -2-.
– Push the Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22- -2- in the fog lamp
housing.
– Turn the Left Front Fog Lamp Bulb - L22- -2- clockwise until
stop.
– Check the fog lamp adjustment and adjust it if necessary. Re‐
fer to ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 36.1 ; Procedure Descriptions .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
3 Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror Vo gu
by ara
d
rise nte
ho eo
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Lamps in sExterior
aut
Rearview Mirror”, ra
c
page 129 s
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “3.2 Turn Signal, Removing and Installing”, page 130
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
⇒ “3.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Entry Lamp, Removing and In‐
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
3.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Mirror Cap
rrectness of i
ling. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;
l purpos
Exterior Rearview Mir‐

ror; Mirror Cap, Remov‐
ing and Installing .
nform
ercia
2 - Screw
m
a
com
tio
❑ 1 Nm
n in
r
te o
❑ Quantity: 2
thi
s
iva
do
r
3 - Turn Signal
rp
cum
fo
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
ling. Refer to t. Cop py
⇒ “3.2 Turn Signal, Re‐
rig
gh ht
yri by
moving and Installing”, cop Vo
by lksw
page 130 . cted agen
Prote AG.
4 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
6 - Clip
7 - Cap
8 - Mirror Glass
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ;
Exterior Rearview Mir‐
ror; Mirror Glass, Re‐
9 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
tion. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Overview - Exterior Rearview
Mirror .
10 - Mirror Trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Mirror Trim,
11 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Overview -
Exterior Rearview Mirror .
3. Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror 129

12 - Adjusting Unit wage

es n
lks
❑ Removing and dinstalling.
by
Vo Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; ot g
uRep.
ara Gr. 66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Mirror Ad‐
justing Unit,oRemoving
ir se and Installing . nte
h eo
ut r
13 - Exterior Rearview
ss
a Mirror Entry Lamp ac
ce
e
❑ Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W52-

nl
pt
du
an
❑ Front Passenger Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror - W53-
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ Exterior rearview mirror entry lamp, removing and installing. Refer to
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Entry Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 132 .
wit
, is n
h re
14 - Mirror Base
hole
spec
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Exterior
es, in part or in w
Rearview Mirror, Removing and Installing .
t to the co
rrectness of i
3.2 Turn Signal, Removing and Installing
l purpos

nform
mercia
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or
The entire exterior mirror turn signal must be replaced if an LED

his
ate
do
riv
is faulty.
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf
lkswage es n 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
d byV
o
Electrical
ot g
Equipment
ua - Edition 12.2015
ran
ir se tee
tho
or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing
– Remove the mirror trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Mirror Trim, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– Remove the bolts -3-.
– Release the mounting tab if necessary.
– Remove the turn signal -2- from the mirror base -1- upward.
Installing
the following:
♦ Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror”,
page 129
3. Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror 131

3.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Entry Lamp,

The entire exterior rearview mirror entry lamp must be replaced if
the LED is faulty.
Removing
– Mirror trim removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Mirror Trim, Removing
and Installing .
– Pry the Driver Entry Lamp in Exterior Rearview Mirror
gen AG
. Volks-wW52-
agen AG
does
-1- in the direction of the -arrow A-. Volkswa not
y gu
db ara
– Remove the Driver Entry Lampoin ris Exterior Rearview Mirror -
e nte
W52- -1- in the direction of the
auth-arrow B- from the mirror eo
ra
housing. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Push the catches -3- in the direction of the -arrow C-.
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
Installing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
the following:
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Tail Lamps
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps”, page 133
⇒ “4.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps”, page 137
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 140
⇒ “4.4 Tail Lamp, Correcting Installed Position”, page 142
⇒ “4.5 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 144
⇒ “4.6 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb M2 / M4 , Removing and
⇒ “4.7 Left/Right Rear Fog Lamp Bulb L46 / L47 , Removing and
⇒ “4.8 Left/Right Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb M21 / M22 , Removing
⇒ “4.9 Back-Up Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 152
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “4.10 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing”,lkpage
swa 154
gen oes
not
o
yV gu
db
4.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps
ara
se nte
ri
ho eo
aut ra
⇒ “4.1.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, Sedan,
ss with Bulbs”, c
page 133
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
⇒ “4.1.2 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, Sedan, with LED”,
y li
erm
ab
page 135
ility
ot p
⇒ “4.1.3 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, Wagon”, page 136
wit
, is n
h re
hole
4.1.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, Sedan, with Bulbs
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Tail Lamps 133

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw not
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 by Vol
gu
ara
d
rise nte
o eo
1 - Tail Lamp auth
ra
ss c
❑ Left Tail Lamp - MX3-
ce
le
un
pt
❑ Right Tail Lamp - MX4-
an
d
itte
y li
❑ Body Tail Lamps
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
ling. Refer to
h re
⇒ “4.5 Tail Lamp, Re‐
ole,
spec
page 144 .
t to the co
2 - Brake and Tail Lamp Bulb
❑ Left Brake/Tail Lamp
rrectne
Bulb - M21-
❑ Right Brake/Tail Lamp
ss
Bulb - M22-
o
cial p
f in
form
mer
ling. Refer to
atio
⇒ “4.8 Left/Right Brake/
om
Tail Lamp Bulb M21 /
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
3 - Bulb Socket
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
4 - Cover with Seal C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
5 - Fastening Element
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ 2 Nm
agen
Prote AG.
6 - Bulb Socket
7 - Rear Turn Signal Bulb
❑ Left Rear Turn Signal
Bulb - M6-
❑ Right Rear Turn Signal
Bulb - M8-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.10 Turn Signal
Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 154 .

oes Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
ksw not
by Vol
Electrical
gu Equipment - Edition 12.2015
ara
d
rise nte
o eo
4.1.2 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, Sedan, with LED
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ 2 Nm
ility
ot p
wit
2 - Seal
, is n
h re
hole
❑ Self-adhesive
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Tail Lamp
rrectness of i
❑ Right Tail Lamp - MX4-
l purpos
❑ Body tail lamps

nform
ercia
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 Tail Lamp, Re‐
m
at
om
ion
page 144 .
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Tail Lamps 135

4.1.3 Overview - Body Tail Lamps, Wagon
1 - Tail Lamp
❑ Right Tail Lamp - MX4- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Body tail lamps olksw not
byV gu
ara
❑ Removing and instal‐ rised
nte
ling. Refer to aut
ho eo
ra
⇒ “4.5.2 Tail Lamp, Re‐
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
Wagon”, page 145 .
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
2 - Rear Turn Signal Bulb
pe
ility
❑ Left Rear Turn Signal
ot
wit
, is n
Bulb - M6-
h re
hole
❑ Right Rear Turn Signal
spec
es, in part or in w
Bulb - M8-
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.10.2 Turn Signal
rrectness of i
Bulb, Removing and In‐
stalling, Wagon”,
l purpos
page 155 .
3 - Bulb Holder
nform
mercia
4 - Seal
a
com
tion in
r
te o
❑ 2 Nm thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
6 - Brake and Tail Lamp Bulb

fo
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ Left Brake/Tail Lamp
Co
op py
Bulb - M21-
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
❑ Right Brake/Tail Lamp copy Vo
by lksw
Bulb - M22- cted agen
Prote AG.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.8.2 Left/Right
Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb
M21 / M22 , Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 151 .

Golf
n AG2015
. Volksw➤
ag,enGolf
AG dVariant 2015 ➤
wage
ksElectrical
oes
Vol Equipment - Edition
not 12.2015
g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
4.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps auth or
ac
ss
ce
e
⇒ “4.2.1 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Sedan, with Bulbs”,
nl
pt
du
page 137
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “4.2.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Sedan, with LED”, page
ility
ot p
138
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.2.3 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Wagon”, page 139
hole
spec
4.2.1 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Sedan, with Bulbs
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Bulb Socket
rrectness of i
❑ For Left Back-Up Lamp
Bulb - M16- / Right l purpos
Back-Up Lamp Bulb -
M17-
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
ling. Refer to
atio
m
⇒ “4.9 Back-Up Lamp,

o
n in
or c
thi
te
ling”, page 152 .
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
2 - Bulb Holder
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
3 - Rear Fog Lamp Bulb ht. Cop py
rig
❑ Left Rear Fog Lamp rig ht
py by
Vo
Bulb - L46-
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
❑ Right Rear Fog Lamp
AG.
Bulb - L47-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.7 Left/Right Rear
Fog Lamp Bulb L46 /
4 - Tail Lamp
❑ Left Tail Lamp 2 - MX5-
❑ Right Tail Lamp 2 -
MX6-
❑ Tail lamp assembly in‐
side the rear lid
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Tail
Lamp, Removing and
5 - Seal
❑ Self-adhesive
6 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
7 - Tail Lamp Bulb
❑ Right Tail Lamp Bulb - M2-
❑ Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M4-
⇒ “4.6 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb M2 / M4 , Removing and Installing”, page 145 .
4. Tail Lamps 137

8 - Back-Up Lamp Bulb

❑ Left Back-Up Lamp Bulb - M16-
❑ Right Back-Up Lamp Bulb - M17-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.9 Back-Up Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 152 .
4.2.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Sedan, with LED
1 - Bulb Socket
Bulb - M16- / Right
Back-Up Lamp Bulb -
M17-
ling. Refer to
ling”, page 152 .
swage es n
2 - Back-Up Lamp Bulb yV
olk ot g
ua
b
ed ran
❑ Left Back-Upor Lamp Bulb
is tee
- M16- auth or
ac
ss
❑ Right Back-Up Lamp
ce
e
nl
Bulb - M17-
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ling. Refer to
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
ling”, page 152 .

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
3 - Seal
t to the co
❑ Self-adhesive
rrectness of i
4 - Tail Lamp
l purpos

nf
ercia
MX6-
orm
m

atio
m
side the rear lid

o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
a
ling. Refer to
iv
o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Tail

o
m
f
Lamp, Removing and

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Installing”, page 140 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
5 - Nut yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ 3 Nm cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Quantity: 2

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
by Vol
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant
gu
ara
2015 ➤
d
rise Electrical Equipment - Edition n12.2015
tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
4.2.3 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Wagon
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
1 - Bulb Socket
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Bulb - M16- / Right
h re
hole
Back-Up Lamp Bulb -
spec
M17-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
ling”, page 152 . l purpos
2 - Bulb Holder
nform
ercia
3 - Rear Fog Lamp Bulb

m
❑ Left Rear Fog Lamp
a
com
tio
Bulb - L46-
n in
r
te o
❑ Right Rear Fog Lamp
thi
s
iva
Bulb - L47-
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
ling. Refer to
n
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “4.7.2 Left/Right Rear C py
t. rig
Fog Lamp Bulb L46 /
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
stalling, Wagon”,
agen
Prote AG.
page 149 .
4 - Tail Lamp
MX6-
side the rear lid
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.3.2 Rear Lid Tail
Lamp, Removing and
Installing, Wagon”,
page 141 .
5 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
6 - Seal
❑ Self-adhesive
7 - Tail Lamp Bulb
❑ Right Tail Lamp Bulb - M2-
❑ Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M4-
⇒ “4.6.2 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb M2 / M4 , Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 146 .
8 - Back-Up Lamp Bulb
❑ Left Back-Up Lamp Bulb - M16-
❑ Right Back-Up Lamp Bulb - M17-
⇒ “4.9.2 Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 153 .
4. Tail Lamps 139

G. Volkswagen AG d
Electrical Equipment - kEdition
swa
gen A12.2015 oes
n
ol ot g
yV ua
db ran
4.3 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and In‐
e
ris tee
tho or
au
stalling
ss
ac
ce
le
un
pt
⇒ “4.3.1 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
an
d
itte
page 140
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
⇒ “4.3.2 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
ot
wit
page 141
, is n
h re
hole
4.3.1 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and In‐
spec
es, in part or in w
stalling, Sedan
t to the co
rrectness of i
IF the LED is faulty, the tail lamp must be completely replaced.
l purpos
Removing
nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
Caution
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
Risk of damaging the component surfaces.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
♦ When positioning a prying tool, put commercially available
C py
ht. rig
adhesive tape over the component in the visible area.
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– If necessity insert a narrow screwdriver in the opening on the

side.
– Pry up the cover -1- in the direction of -arrow-.
– Remove the nuts -1-.

– Remove the Left Tail Lamp 2 - MX5- -3- outward.

Installing
the following:
Make sure seal between body and tail lamp housing seals prop‐
erly.
The connector must lock into place.
– Pivot the Left Tail Lamp 2 - MX5- from the outside in the rear
lid opening.
– Align at the top and center.
– Starting at the top and then the bottom install the nuts on the
Left Tail Lamp 2 - MX5- and tighten.
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.2 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps”, page
olks
137
wage es n
ot g
yV ua
db ran
ise
4.3.2 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and In‐
r tee
tho or
au ac
stalling, Wagon ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Removing
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i
l purpos
♦ When positioning a prying tool, put for example commer‐

cially available adhesive tape over the component in the
nform
ercia
visible area.
m
a
com
tion in
– If necessary insert a narrow screwdriver in the opening on the
r
te o
thi
side -1-.
s
iva
do
r
rp
– Remove the cover -2- in the direction of the -arrow A-.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Tail Lamps 141

– Remove the Left Tail Lamp 2 - MX5- -3- outward.

Installing
the following:
Note
♦ Make sure seal between body and tail lamp housing seals agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
properly. lksw es n
yV
o ot g
db ua
ran
♦ The connector must lock into place.
e
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
– Pivot the Left Tail Lamp 2 - MX5- from the outside in the rear
ce
e
nl
pt
lid opening.
du
an
itte
y li
– Align at the top and center.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Starting at the top and then the bottom install the nuts on the
wit
, is n
Left Tail Lamp 2 - MX5- and tighten.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
⇒ “4.2.3 Overview - Rear Lid Tail Lamps, Wagon”, page 139
rrectness of i
l purpos
4.4 Tail Lamp, Correcting Installed Position
nf
ercia
⇒ “4.4.1 Tail Lamp, Correcting Installed Position, Sedan”,
or
page 142
m
m
atio
m
⇒ “4.4.2 Tail Lamp, Correcting Installed Position, Wagon”,

o
n in
or c
page 143
thi
te
sd
iva
4.4.1 Tail Lamp, Correcting Installed Position,
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
Sedan
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
ht rig
rig ht
by
moving and installing on the right side is identical. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
The installed position can only be corrected on the body tail lamp.
AG.
Procedure
– Open the cover in the luggage compartment side trim panel.

– Loosen the fastening element -1- two turns.

– Insert a suitable screwdriver in the trim openings -2-.
The tail lamp -3- must be flush with the neighboring components.
– Adjust the installation position of the tail lamp by tightening and
loosening the adjuster.
– Tighten the fastening element -1-.
AG. Volkswagen
– Close the cover in the luggage compartment
lksw
agen side trimAGpanel.
does
n
o ot g
yV ua
Tightening Specifications rised b ran
tee
tho or
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview
s au - Body Tail Lamps”, page 133 ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.4.2 Tail Lamp, Correcting Installed Position,
Wagon
rrectness of i
l purpos

The installed position can only be corrected on the body tail lamp.
nform
ercia
Procedure
m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
– Remove the ignition key, if equipped. his

ate
do
riv
– Remove the cover in the luggage compartment side trim pan‐

p
cum
or
el.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Loosen the fastening element -1- two turns. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
– Insert a T10 screwdriver in the trim openings -2-. copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
The tail lamp -3- must be flush with the neighboring components.
AG.
– Adjust the installation position of the tail lamp by tightening or

loosening the adjuster.
– Tighten the fastening element -1-.
4. Tail Lamps 143

– Install the cover in the luggage compartment side trim panel.

♦ Refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
4.5 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “4.5.1 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing, Sedan”, page 144
wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.5.2 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
hole
spec
page 145
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4.5.1 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing, Se‐
dan
The removal and installation is described for the left side. Re‐ rrectness of i
l purpos

IF the LED is faulty, the tail lamp must be completely replaced.
nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Remove the fastening element -1-.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Remove the tail lamp -2- in the direction of the -arrow A-. cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
the following:
♦ Refer to ⇒ “4.1 Overview - Body Tail Lamps”, page 133

4.5.2 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing,

Wagon
Removing
– Disconnect the connector.
– Remove the fastening element -1-.
– Remove the tail lamp -2- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
Installing
the following:
♦ Refer to
kswage es n
4.6 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M2- / -
ol ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
M4- , Removing and Installing
utho tee
or
a ac
ss
⇒ “4.6.1 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb M2 / M4 , Removing and
ce
le
un
Installing, Sedan”, page 145

pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “4.6.2 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb M2 / M4 , Removing and

rm
ab
pe
Installing, Wagon”, page 146

ility
ot
wit
, is n
4.6.1 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M2- / -

h re
hole
spec
M4- , Removing and Installing, Sedan

es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos

nform
mercia
Caution
a
com
tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
side.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Tail Lamps 145

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
– Push the locking mechanisms -3- in the direction of the
pe
ility
-arrows A, B, and C-.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the bulb holder -1- from the tail lamp.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
– Remove the tail lamp bulb -1- from the bulb holder -2-.
m
a
com
Installing
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
the following:
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
Caution Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
There is a risk of damaging the lamp. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
♦ Do not touch glass cone of bulb with bare fingers. Fingers Prote AG.
4.6.2 Right and Left Tail Lamp Bulb - M2- / -

M4- , Removing and Installing, Wagon
Removing

Caution

visible area.

side -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
– Disconnect the connector -2-. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
-arrows A and B-.

erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Remove the tail lamp bulb -1- from the bulb holder -2-.
nform
ercia
Installing
m
at

om
ion
the following:
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
Caution
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
There is a risk of damaging the lamp.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Use clean gloves for example to insert the bulbs.
4. Tail Lamps 147

4.7 Left/Right Rear Fog Lamp Bulb - L46- /

⇒ “4.7.1 Left/Right Rear Fog Lamp Bulb L46 / L47 , Removing
and Installing, Sedan”, page 148
⇒ “4.7.2 Left/Right Rear Fog Lamp Bulb L46 / L47 , Removing
and Installing, Wagon”, page 149
4.7.1 Left/Right Rear Fog Lamp Bulb - L46- /

-L47- , Removing and Installing, Sedan
Removing
Caution
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
orise nte
eo
adhesive tape over the component in the visible aarea.
ut
h
ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
side.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
-arrows A, B and C-.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the rear fog lamp bulb -2- from the bulb holder -1-.
Installing
the following:
Caution

4.7.2 Left/Right Rear AGFog Lamp

. Volkswagen AG Bulb -L46- / -
agen does
L47- ,byRemoving
Volksw
and Installing, not Wagon
gu
a
d ran
ise
The removal and ho installation is described for the left side. Re‐
r tee
ut or
moving andssinstalling on the right side is identical.
a ac
ce
le
Removing
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n
h re
ole,
Caution
spec
t to the co

rrectne

visible area.
ss o
cial p
f in

form
mer
side -1-.
atio
m
– Remove the cover -2- in the direction of the arrow -A-.

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Tail Lamps 149


-arrows A and B-.
– Remove the rear fog lamp bulb -2- from the bulb holder -1-.
Installing
the following:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Caution Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
ise nte
There is a risk of damaging uththe
or
lamp. eo
ra
s a c
♦ Do not touch glass cone
s of bulb with bare fingers. Fingers
ce
le

un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Perform a function test. spec

t to the co
4.8 Left/Right Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb -M21- /

-M22- , Removing and Installing
rrectne
⇒ “4.8.1 Left/Right Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb M21 / M22 , Removing

ss o
cial p
⇒ “4.8.2 Left/Right Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb M21 / M22 , Removing

inform

mer
atio
4.8.1 Left/Right Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb - M21- /

om
n
c
i
or
-M22- , Removing and Installing, Sedan

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
p
cum
r
fo

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Removing C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
– Remove the tail lamp from the body. Refer to

⇒ “4.5 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 144 .
Caution
Do not turn the bulb socket.

Otherwise the bulb socket will be damaged.
Pull the bulb socket straight rearward, if necessary carefully
release the retaining tab with a suitable screwdriver.

– Pull the bulb socket -1- straight in the direction of the

-arrow A- out of the housing.
– Remove the brake/tail lamp bulb from the bulb socket.
Installing
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Install in the reverse order of removal
olks
wag while paying attention
does to
not
the following: ed
byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Cautionss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
4.8.2 Left/Right Brake/Tail Lamp Bulb - M21- /
s
-M22- , Removing and Installing, Wagon
s o
cial p
f in
form
mer
atio
om
Removing
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum

r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
– Remove the tail lamp from the body. Refer to Cop py
⇒ “4.5.2 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing, Wagon”, ht. rig
rig ht
page 145 .
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Push the mounting tabs -1- in the direction of the
Prote AG.

– Remove the bulb holder -2-.
4. Tail Lamps 151

– Remove the brake and tail lamp bulb -1- in the direction of the
-arrow A- from the bulb holder.
Installing
the following:
Caution

4.9 Back-Up Lamp, Removing and Installing n AG. V olkswagen AG

wage does
olks V
not
gu
by
⇒ “4.9.1 Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing,risSedan”,
ed
ara
nte
page 152 ut
ho eo
ra
sa c
⇒ “4.9.2 Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing,
s
Wagon”,
ce
e
nl
page 153
pt
du
an
itte
y li
4.9.1 Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing and In‐
erm
ab
ility
ot p
stalling, Sedan
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
l purpos
Caution
nf
ercia
Risk of damaging the component surfaces. orm

m
atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
side. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Pry up the cover -1- in the direction of -arrow-. p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
– Remove the bulb socket in the direction of the -arrow B- from
the tail lamp.
– Remove the bulb for theenback-up lamp.
AG. Volkswagen AG
wag does
Installing olks not
byV gu
ara
d
ise nte
Install in theuthreverse
or order of removal while paying attention e o to
the following:
ss
a ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Caution
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
4.9.2 Back-Up Lamp Bulb, Removing and In‐
nf
ercia
stalling, Wagon
orm
m
atio
m
o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
Removing
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
– Remove the ignition key, if equipped. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Caution
agen
Prote AG.

visible area.

side -1-.
4. Tail Lamps 153

– Turn the bulb socket -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
– Remove the bulb socket in the direction of the -arrow B- from
the tail lamp.
– Remove the bulb for the back-up lamp.
Installing
the following:
Caution

4.10 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

ling
⇒ “4.10.1 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing, Sedan”,
page 154
⇒ “4.10.2 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
page 155
4.10.1 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

ling, Sedan swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
The removal and installation sis d bdescribed for the left side. Re‐
y ara
i e nte
moving and installing on the
tho right side is identical.
r eo
au ra
c
Removing ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
⇒ “4.5 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 144 .

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Push the mounting tabs -2, 3 and 4- in the direction of the

- arrows A-.
– Remove the cover -1- from the tail lamp.
Caution
Do not turn the bulb socket.

Otherwise the bulb socket will be damaged.
Pull the bulb socket straight rearward, if necessary carefully
release the retaining tab with a suitable screwdriver.
– Pull the bulb socket -5- straight in the direction of the

-arrow B- out of the housing.
– Remove the turn signal bulb from the bulb socket.
Installing
the following:
Caution

will leave traces of agrease
gen AG on the glass
. Volkswagen AG which, when the
bulb is switchedol sw will evaporate and dcloud
kon,
oes
not the glass.
yV b g ua
ed ran
♦ Use clean
ho
ris cloth gloves to insert the bulbs. tee
t or
au ac
ss
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
4.10.2 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

pe
ility
ot
wit
ling, Wagon
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i

l purpos

⇒ “4.5.2 Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing, Wagon”,
nform
ercia
page 145 .
m
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Tail Lamps 155

– Push the mounting tabs -1- in the direction of the

– Remove the bulb holder -2-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
– Remove the rear turn signal bulb -1- in the direction of the
is n
h re
-arrow A- from the bulb holder.
ole,
spec
Installing
t to the co
the following:
Caution rrectness o

cial p
f inform

mer

atio
m

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5 High-Mounted Brake Lamp

⇒ “5.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp”, page 157
page 158
5.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp

⇒ “5.1.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Except GTI”,
page 157
⇒ “5.1.2 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp, GTI”,
page 158
5.1.1 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Except GTI
1 - Connector
❑ With High-Mounted
Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ Removing and instal‐d by V gu
ara
ling. Refer to orise nte
eo
⇒ “5.2.1 High-Mounted
auth
ra
Brake Lamp, Removing
ss c
ce
le
and Installing, Except

un
GTI”, page 158 . pt

an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
5. High-Mounted Brake Lamp 157

5.1.2 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp, GTI
1 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
2 - Connector
❑ With High-Mounted
Brake Lamp Bulb - M25-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2.2 High-Mounted
Brake Lamp, Removing
and Installing, GTI”,
page 159 .
4 - Washer Fluid Hose Con‐
nection
5 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
6 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
7 - Roof Edge Spoiler AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Roof Edge Spoiler, Re‐ Volksw not
gu
y
moving and installing. d b ara
ise nte
Refer to ⇒ Body Exteri‐ tho r eo
or; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Roof ss au ra
c
Bars/Roof Rails .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectne
5.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing

ss
and Installing
o
cial p
f inform
⇒ “5.2.1 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing,

mer
Except GTI”, page 158

atio
om
n
c
⇒ “5.2.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing and Installing,

i
or
n thi
e
GTI”, page 159

t
sd
iva
o
pr
5.2.1 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing

um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
and Installing, Except GTI
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Special tools and workshop equipment required pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
♦ Trim Release Lever - Wedge - T10039/1- Prote AG.
Removing

Caution

– Cover the area of the rear lid above the brake light with a strip
of adhesive tape -1-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Caution d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
When removing sthe
au high-mounted brake lamp, ensure seal is
t ra
c
not damaged. s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
– Install the -T10039/1- -1- on top between the high-mounted
t to the co
brake lamp -2- and the rear lid.
– Push the high-mounted brake lamp -2- downward using the -
T10039/1- -1-.
rrectne
– Pivot out the high-mounted brake lamp -2- from the rear lid.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the hose clip -arrow-.

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the hose connection -1- from the high-mounted brake C py
t. rig
lamp.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
– Release and disconnect the connector -2-. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp.

Installing
During installation of the high-mounted brake lamp, ensure proper
seating of the seal. Seal must not have any bulges and must not
be damaged.
– Install the hose and connectors.
– Push the high-mounted brake lamp in the rear lid.
– Engage the upper hook.
– Engage the lower springs.
– Make sure the High-Mounted Brake Lamp Bulb - M25- and the
rear window washer system are working correctly.
5.2.2 High-Mounted Brake Lamp, Removing

and Installing, GTI
Removing
5. High-Mounted Brake Lamp 159


– Remove the spoiler on the edge of the roof. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Roof Bars/Roof Rails .
– Remove the bolts -1, 5 and 6- from the high-mounted brake
lamp -7-.
– Lift up the catches -2 and 4- to carefully loosen.
– Slightly lift the support bracket -3-.
– Remove the high-mounted brake lamp -7- from the spoiler on
the edge of the roof.
Installing
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal, noting
the following:
During installation of the high-mounted brake lamp, ensure proper
seating of the seal. Seal must not have any bulges and must not
be damaged.
– Make sure the High-Mounted Brake Lamp AGBulb
. Volks-wM25-
agen Aand
G do the
agen
rear window washer system are
Volworking
ksw correctly. es n
ot g
by ua
ed ran
Tightening Specifications oris tee
th or
au
♦ Refer to ss
ac
⇒ “5.1.2 Overview - High-Mounted Brake Lamp, GTI”,
ce
le
un
pt
page 158
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
6 License Plate Lamp d by
Volksw not
gu
ara
ise nte
r
⇒ “6.1 Left/Right License Plate Lamp X4ut / X5 , Removing and
ho eo
ra
Installing”, page 161 ss a c
ce
e
nl
⇒ “6.2 Left/Right License Plate Lamp Bulb X4 / X5 , Removing
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
6.1 Left/Right License Plate Lamp - X4- / -
ility
ot p
wit
X5- , Removing and Installing , is n
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “6.1.1 Left/Right License Plate Lamp X4 / X5 , Removing and
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing, Wagon with LED”, page 161
rrectness of i
l purpos
Installing, Wagon with Bulb”, page 162
6.1.1 Left/Right License Plate Lamp -X4- / -
nf
ercia
o
X5- , Removing and Installing, Sedan
rm
m
atio
om
n in
The entire license plate lamp must be replaced if a license plate
or c
lamp LED is faulty.
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
Removing
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
– Press the tab in the direction of -arrow- and remove the license
lksw
cted agen
Prote
plate lamp downward from the bumper cover.
AG.
– Disconnect the connector -arrow-.

Installing
the following:
Insert the license plate lamp into the bumper cover so that the
connector is facing toward the left side of the vehicle.

X5- , Removing and Installing, Wagon
with LED
lamp LED is faulty.
6. License Plate Lamp 161

Removing
– Press the Left License Plate Lamp - X4- in the direction of the
-arrow A- using a suitable tool.
– Fold the Left License Plate Lamp - X4- in the direction of the
-arrow B- out of the rear lid.
– Remove the Left License Plate Lamp - X4- -2-. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
Installing by Vol
gu
ara
d
ise nte
Install in the reverse order of removal whilethopaying attention to
r eo
the following: ss au ra
c
ce
e
Insert the license plate lamp into the rear lid so that the clip is
nl
pt
du
an
facing toward the right side of the vehicle.
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
X5- , Removing and Installing, Wagon
rrectness of i
with Bulb
l purpos

lamp LED is faulty.
nform
ercia
Removing
m
at
om
ion

c
in t
or
his
te

a
do
priv
cum
or
f
en
ng
-arrow A- using a suitable tool.

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Fold the Left License Plate Lamp - X4- in the direction of the yri
gh by
ht
-arrow B- out of the rear lid. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Press the connector safety catch -1- in the direction of the
AG.
-arrow A-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Disconnect the connector -2-. d by
Vo gu
ara
ise nte
r
Installing ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
Install in the reverse order of removal while paying attention to s
ce
e
nl
the following:
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Insert the Left License Plate Lamp - X4- into the rear lid so that
erm
ab
the connector is facing toward the right side of the vehicle.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Insert the Left License Plate Lamp - X4- in the direction of the
rrectness of i
-arrow 1- into the rear lid.
l purpos
-arrow 2- until it locks into place.
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
6.2 Left/Right License Plate Lamp Bulb -
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
X4- / -X5- , Removing and Installing
AG.
⇒ “6.2.1 Left/Right License Plate Lamp Bulb X4 / X5 , Removing

⇒ “6.2.2 Left/Right License Plate Lamp Bulb X4 / X5 , Removing
6.2.1 Left/Right License Plate Lamp Bulb -

X4- / -X5- , Removing and Installing,
Sedan
lamp LED is faulty.
Removing
– Remove the license plate lamp. Refer to
⇒ “6.1.1 Left/Right License Plate Lamp X4 / X5 , Removing
and Installing, Sedan”, page 161 .

– Turn the lamp socket -1- in the direction of -arrow- to release

it and pull it out of the license plate lamp.
Installing
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal, noting
the following:
Caution

6.2.2 Left/Right License Plate Lamp Bulb -

X4- / -X5- k,swRemoving
agen
AG. Volkswaand Installing,
gen AG
does
not
l
Wagon Vo gu
by ara
ed
is n
or tee
The entire license
au plate lamp must be replaced if a license plater ac
th o
lamp LED is faulty.
ss
ce
le
un
pt
Removing
an
d
itte
y li
rm

ab
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re
– Remove the license plate lamp. Refer to

hole
spec
⇒ “6.1.3 Left/Right License Plate Lamp X4 / X5 , Removing

es, in part or in w
and Installing, Wagon with Bulb”, page 162 .

t to the co
– If equipped, unclip the glass base bulb cover -1- from the li‐
cense plate lamp.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the glass base bulb -1- from the bulb socket.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
Caution

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7 Access/Start Authorization
⇒ “7.1 Component Location Overview - Access/Start Authoriza‐
tion System”, page 166
⇒ “7.2 Component Location Overview - Keyless Access Authori‐
zation System”, page 168
⇒ “7.3 Access/Start System Interface J965 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 170 en AG. V
olkswagen AG
ag does
ol Door Handle ksw not
⇒ “7.4 Driver Exterior and Front Passenger Exterior
yV gu
db ara
Touch Sensor G415 / G416 , Removing and ris Installing”,
e nte
page 172 au
tho eo
ra
ss c
⇒ “7.5 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior R138 ,
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “7.6 Driver Access/Start System Antenna R134 , Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
⇒ “7.7 Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna R135 ,
h re
hole
Removing and Installing ”, page 173
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “7.8 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment
t to the co
R137 , Removing and Installing”, page 174
⇒ “7.9 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper R136 , Re‐
rrectness of i
l purpos
7.1 Component Location Overview - Access/Start Authorization System
nf
ercia
or
Note
m
m
atio
om
n in
c
The component locations for the Sedan are shown. The component locations for the Wagon are identical.
or
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Anti-Theft Immobilizer
Reader Coil - D2-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.10.2 Anti-Theft Im‐
mobilizer Reader Coil
D2 , Removing and In‐
stalling, Vehicles with
Keyless Access”,
page 194 .
2 - Electronic Steering Column
Lock Control Module - J764-
ling. Refer to ⇒ Suspen‐
sion, Wheels, Steering;
Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering
Column; Electronic
Steering Column Lock
Control Module - J764- ,
3 - Start System Button - E378-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.26 Start System
Button E378 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 273 .
gen AG. V
olkswagen AG
does
swa
Control Module y V- J519-
olk not
gu
db ara
❑ With oris Central Locking
e nte
eo
aand
ut
h
Anti-Theft Alarm ra
s System Antenna - R47-
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an

itte
y li
erm
trol Modules”,
ab
ility
page 298 .
ot p
wit
, is n
5 - Access/Start System Inter‐

h re
hole
face - J965-
spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “7.3 Access/Start System Interface J965 , Removing and Installing”, page 170 .
❑ Bracket screws (only for NAR): 2 Nm
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7. Access/Start Authorization 167

7.2 Component Location Overview - Key‐

less Access Authorization System
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
⇒ “7.2.1 Component Location Overview - Front Keyless Access Volkswa not
gu
Authorization System”, page 168 ed
by ara
nte
is
or eo
⇒ “7.2.2 Component Location Overview - Rear Keyless Access
au
th ra
Authorization System, Sedan”, page 169 ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
⇒ “7.2.3 Component Location Overview - Rear Keyless Access
du
an
itte
Authorization System, Wagon”, page 170
y li
erm
ab
ility
7.2.1 Component Location Overview - Front Keyless Access Authorization Sys‐
ot p
wit
, is n
tem
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
rrectness of i
l purpos
1 - Front Passenger Exterior

Door Handle
nf
ercia
orm
❑ With Front Passenger
m
atio
m
Exterior Door Handle

o
n in
c
Touch Sensor - G416-

or
thi
removing and installing.
te
sd
iva
Refer to
o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “7.4 Driver Exterior
o
m
f
en
ng
and Front Passenger

t.
yi Co
Exterior Door Handle Cop py
t. rig
Touch Sensor G415 / yri
gh by
ht
G416 , Removing and cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ With Front Passenger

Access/Start System
Antenna - R135- , re‐
Refer to
⇒ “7.7 Front Passenger
Access/Start System
Antenna R135 , Remov‐
ing and Installing ”, page
173 .
2 - Access/Start System An‐
tenna 1 in Vehicle Interior -
R138-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.5 Access/Start
System Antenna 1 in
Vehicle Interior R138 ,
ling”, page 173 .
3 - Driver Side Exterior Door
Handle
❑ With Driver Exterior
Door Handle Touch
Sensor - G415- remov‐
⇒ “7.4 Driver Exterior and Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor G415 / G416 , Removing
❑ With Driver Access/Start System Antenna - R134- , removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Driver Access/Start System Antenna R134 , Removing and Installing”, page 173 .

4 - Access/Start System Interface - J965-

❑ Bracket screws (only for NAR): 2 Nm
⇒ “7.3 Access/Start System InterfaceaJ965
gen AG, Removing
. Volkswagen Aand
G do Installing”, page 170 .
w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
ho
7.2.2 Component sLocation Overview - Rear Keyless Access Authorization Sys‐
t or
s au ac
tem, Sedan
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
tenna In Luggage Compart‐
wit
, is n
ment - R137-
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ling. Refer to
t to the co
⇒ “7.8.1 Access/Start
System Antenna in Lug‐
gage Compartment
rrectness of i
R137 , Removing and
Installing, Sedan”,
l purpos
page 174 .
nform
ercia
face - J965-
m
at
❑ Bracket screws (only for
om
io
NAR): 2 Nm
n
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
ling. Refer to
p
c
um
for
en
g
System Interface J965 ,

n
t.
yi Co
Removing and Instal‐ Cop py
. rig
ling”, page 170 .
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
tenna in Rear Bumper - R136-
AG.

ling. Refer to
System Antenna in Rear
Bumper R136 , Remov‐
175 .

7.2.3 Component Location Overview - Rear Keyless Access Authorization Sys‐

tem, Wagon
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
1 - Access/Start System An‐ olksw not
yV gu
tenna in Rear Bumper - R136- ised b ara
nte
or
❑ Removing and instal‐ aut
h eo
ra
ling. Refer to ss c
ce
le
un
pt
System Antenna in Rear
an
d
itte
y li
Bumper R136 , Remov‐ rm
ab
pe
ility
175 .
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
tenna In Luggage Compart‐
es, in part or in w
ment - R137-
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.8.2 Access/Start
rrectness of i
System Antenna in Lug‐
l purpos
gage Compartment
R137 , Removing and
Installing, Wagon”,
nform
ercia
page 174 .
m
a
com
tion in
face - J965-
r
te o
thi
❑ Bracket screws (only for
s
iva
do
NAR): 2 Nm
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
ling. Refer to
Co
Cop py
⇒ “7.3 Access/Start ht. rig
rig ht
System Interface J965 , py by
co Vo
lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
ling”, page 170 .
AG.
7.3 Access/Start System Interface - J965- ,

⇒ “7.3.2 Access/Start System Interface J965 , Removing and
Installing ”, page 171
7.3.1 Access/Start System Interface - J965- ,

Removing and Installing, Except North
America
Removing

– Remove the footwell cover on the driver side. Refer to ⇒ Body

Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
Driver Side Footwell Cover, Removing and Installing .
– Remove the knee airbag with igniter. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 69 ; Knee Airbags; Overview - Knee Airbag .
– Push the bracket -2- upward in the direction of the -arrow A-
from the Access/Start System Interface - J965- -1-.
– Remove the Access/Start System Interface - J965- -1- in the
direction of the -arrow B- from the bracket -2-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– To disconnect push the circlip -1- on the connector.
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pry up the catch -1- using a small screwdriver in the direction
of the -arrow A- if necessary.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
– Remove the bracket -2- in the direction of the -arrow B- from

n in
or c
the brace -3-.

thi
te
sd
iva
Installing
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
the following: C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– The bracket for the Access/Start System Interface - J965-
p by
co Vo
by lksw
must engage audibly. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– The Access/Start System Interface - J965- must engage au‐

dibly in the bracket.
7.3.2 Access/Start System Interface - J965- ,

Removing


– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers; Glove
Compartment, Removing and Installing .
– Push the bracket -3- rearward in the direction of the
-arrow A- from the Access/Start System Interface - J965- -1-.
– Remove the Access/Start System Interface - J965- -1- in the
direction of the -arrow B- from the bracket -3-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– To disconnect the connector press the circlip -1-.
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the bracket -1-. nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Remove the bracket -1- from the heater and A/C unit. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Installing
AG.

the following:
– The Access/Start System Interface - J965- must engage au‐
dibly in the bracket.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “7.1 Component Location Overview - Access/Start Authori‐
zation System”, page 166
7.4 Driver Exterior and Front Passenger Ex‐

terior Door Handle Touch Sensor -
G415- / -G416- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
The Driver Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G415- and the
Front Passenger Exterior Door Handle Touch Sensor - G416- is

integrated in the exterior door handle and cannot be replaced in‐

dividually if faulty.
– Door handle removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 57 ; Door Components; Door Handle, Removing and
Installing .
7.5 Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Ve‐

hicle Interior - R138- , Removing and
Installing
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
Removing
– Remove the center console insert. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Center Console; Center Console Insert, Re‐
– Pry the Access/Start System Antenna 1 in Vehicle Interior -
R138- -1- using the -80-200- from the bracket -3-.
Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
7.6 Driver Access/Start System Antenna -
tho
ir se tee
or
R134- , Removing and Installing
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
The Driver Access/Start System Antenna - R134- is integrated

an
d
itte
into the exterior door handle and cannot be replaces separately

y li
rm
ab
if faulty.
pe
ility
ot

wit
, is n
h re

hole
Installing .
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
7.7 Front Passenger Access/Start System

Antenna - R135- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
rrectness of i
l purpos
The Front Passenger Access/Start System Antenna - R135- is

integrated into the exterior door handle and cannot be replaces
separately if faulty.
nform
ercia

m
a
com

ion in
Installing .
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7.8 Access/Start System Antenna in Lug‐

gage Compartment - R137- , Removing
and Installing
⇒ “7.8.1 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment
R137 , Removing and Installing, Sedan”, page 174
⇒ “7.8.2 Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compartment
R137 , Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 174
7.8.1 Access/Start System n AG. VAntenna

olkswagen AG in Lug‐
wage does
olks not
byV gu
ara
d
and Installing, Sedan
e nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
Special tools andssworkshop equipment required
ce
e
nl
pt
du
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the rear bench seat. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
t to the co
Gr. 72 ; Rear Seats; Bench Seat/Single Seat, Removing and
Installing .
rrectness of i
– Fold back the carpet.
l purpos
– Pry the Access/Start System Antenna in Luggage Compart‐

ment - R137- -1- using the -80-200- in the direction of the
-arrow A- from the body.
nform
ercia

m
at
om
io
Installing
n
c
in t
or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7.8.2 Access/Start System Antenna in Lug‐

and Installing, Wagon
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment floor covering. Refer to ⇒
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Panels; Overview
- Luggage Compartment Floor .

– Pry out the antenna -1- with the -80-200- in the direction of the
-arrow A- from the body.
Installing
7.9 Access/Start System Antenna in Rear

Bumper - R136- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
Removing
AG. Volkswagen A
G do gen
es n swa
by
Vol
k ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
– Remove the rear bumper cover.
tho Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; tee
or
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Rear Bumper;
au Bumper Cover, Removing and ac
ss
Installing .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Pry the Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper - R136-
an
itte
y li
-1- slightly in the direction of the -arrow A-.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Remove the Access/Start System Antenna in Rear Bumper -
wit
, is n
R136- -1- in the direction of the -arrow B- from the mount -3-.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

8 Steering Column Switch Module

⇒ “8.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module”, page 176
⇒ “8.2 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 179
⇒ “8.3 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 , Removing and
⇒ “8.4 Ignition/Starter Switch, Removing and Installing”,
page 181 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “8.5 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing”, by Vo gu
ara
page 182 rise
d
nte
tho eo
u
⇒ “8.6 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527
ss a, Re‐ ra
c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
⇒ “8.7 Turn Signal Switch E2 , Removing and Installing”,
itte
y li
page 192
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “8.8 Cruise Control Switch E45 , Removing and Installing”,
wit
, is n
page 194
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “8.9 Windshield Wiper Intermittent Mode Switch E22 , Remov‐
es, in part or in w
ing and Installing”, page 194
t to the co
⇒ “8.10 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil D2 , Removing and
rrectness of i
⇒ “8.11 Steering Lock Housing, Removing and Installing”,
l purpos
page 195
8.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch
nf
ercia
o
Module
rm
m
atio
om
⇒ “8.1.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module with Me‐
n in
or c
chanical Ignition Switch”, page 176
thi
te
sd
iva
⇒ “8.1.2 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module and Elec‐
o
r
rp
cu
tronic Ignition Switch”, page 178
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
8.1.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module with Mechanical Ignition Switch C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 - Ignition Key
2 - Lock Cylinder
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Lock Cylinder,
ling”, page 179 .
3 - Anti-Theft Immobilizer
Reader Coil - D2-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.10.1 Anti-TheftaIm‐ gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
mobilizer Reader VolkCoil
sw not
gu
y
D2 , Removing d b and In‐ ara
ise nte
stalling,thVehicles
or with eo
Ignition
ss a Key”,
u ra
c
page 194 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
4 - Mount
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
❑ With Turn Signal Switch
ility
ot p
- E2- / Windshield Wiper
wit
Intermittent Mode
is n
h re
Switch - E22-
ole,
spec
❑ With cruise control: with

Cruise Control Switch -
t to the co
E45-
rrectne
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.7 Turn Signal
Switch E2 , Removing
ss
and Installing”,
o
cial p
f i
page 192 .
nform
mer
5 - Steering Column Electron‐

atio
m
ics Control Module - J527-

o
n
c
i
or
❑ With Airbag Spiral

thi
te
sd
Spring/Return Spring
iva
o
r
with Slip Ring - F138-

p
cum
r
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
⇒ “8.6 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Removing and Installing”, page 187 .
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Caution
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Risk of damaging the re‐
turn ring.
The
♦ return spring with
slip ring must not be
turned after removing.
6 - Screw
❑ 1 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
7 - Ignition/Starter Switch - D-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “8.4 Ignition/Starter Switch, Removing and Installing”, page 181 .
8 - Steering Lock Housing
⇒ “8.11 Steering Lock Housing, Removing and Installing”, page 195 .
9 - Screw
❑ 1 Nm
8. Steering Column Switch Module 177

10 - Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid - N376-

❑ For DSG transmission
⇒ “8.3 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid N376 , Removing and Installing”, page 180 .
11 - Steering Column AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
12 - Bolt d by
Vo gu
ara
e nte
❑ Quantity: 2 horis
eo
ut ra
❑ For steering lock housing (shear bolt)
ss a c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
8.1.2 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module and Electronic Ignition Switch
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectne
and Installing”,
page 273 .
s
2 - Steering Column Electron‐
s o
cial p
ics Control Module - J527-
f inform
❑ With Airbag Spiral
mer
Spring/Return Spring
atio
m
with Slip Ring - F138-

o
n
c
i
or
n
thi
te
sd
a
ling. Refer to
iv
o
pr
c
⇒ “8.6 Steering Column
um
r
fo
Electronics Control
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Module J527 , Remov‐ Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
187 .
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Caution
Risk of damaging the re‐
turn ring.
The
♦ return spring with
slip ring must not be
turned after removing.
3 - Screw
❑ 1 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
4 - Mount
❑ With Turn Signal Switch
- E2- , Windshield Wiper
Intermittent Mode
Switch - E22-
❑ With cruise control: with Cruise Control Switch - E45-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “8.7 Turn Signal Switch E2 , Removing and Installing”, page 192 .
5 - Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Column;
Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- , Removing and Installing
6 - Screw
❑ 1 Nm

7 - Steering Column
8 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ For Electronic Steering Column Lock Control Module - J764- (shear bolt)
9 - Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil - D2-
⇒ “8.10.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil D2 , Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Keyless Ac‐
cess”, page 194 .
10 - Ignition Key
8.2 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing

♦ Locking Pin (3 pc.) - T40011- or
♦ Suitable welding wire
For removing the lock cylinder, it may be necessary to fold in the
ignition key.
Removing
Right lock position is shown without ignition lock to provide a bet‐
ter illustration.
– Remove the lower steering column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
Lower Steering Column Trim Panel, Removing and Installing .
– Turn the ignition key in the ignition “on” position. While doing
so the cut out in the trim -arrow- aligns with the hole in the
ignition lock.
– Fold the ignition key as far as it possible.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
179
agen
Prote AG.
8. Steering Column Switch Module
– Push in -T40011- or a suitable welding wire until stop in the

hole -2-.
– Remove the lock cylinder -1- from the steering lock housing.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
WARNING agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
Risk of steering lock seizing. hor eo
aut ra
c
♦ Steering lock must not be operated without a lock cylinder. ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
A blocked steering lock must be replaced.
ab
ility
ot p
The Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil - D2- is integrated in the
wit
, is n
lock cylinder and cannot be replaced separately. If the Anti-Theft
h re
hole
Immobilizer Reader Coil - D2- is faulty, the complete lock cylinder
spec
must be replaced.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
With the vehicle-specific lock number, a new lock cylinder is or‐
dered through the distributor or importer using the VIN.
rrectness of i
– Release and disconnect the connector from the Anti-Theft Im‐
mobilizer Reader Coil - D2- .
l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia

the following:
m
at
om
ion
– Insert the ignition key into the lock cylinder and turn it to the
c
in t
or
ignition “on” position.
his
ate
do
riv
– Push the -T40011- or a suitable welding wire back in the front

p
cum
or
side hole until stop.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Connect the connector to the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader C py
ht. rig
Coil - D2- . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Push in the lock cylinder -1- with the Anti-Theft Immobilizer
AG.
Reader Coil - D2- in the steering lock housing -3-.

– Remove the -T40011- from the hole -2-.
– Push the lock cylinder in securely until the locking mechanism
engages audibly.
8.3 Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid -

N376- , Removing and Installing
Removing

– Release the retainer in direction of -arrow A- and remove the

Ignition Switch Key Lock Solenoid - N376- -2- from the steering
lock housing -1- in direction of -arrow B-.
Installing
8.4 Ignition/Starter Switch, Removing and

Installing
Removing
– Turn off the ignition and alloelectrical
lksw
equipment.
agen AGAG. V
agen does
– Remove the Vignition
olks
w
key, if equipped. not
gu
by ara
d
– Remove horisethe lower steering column trim panel. Refer nte to ⇒ Body
eo
Interior;
aut Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Covers;
ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Release the clips -2 and 3- by inserting a suitable screwdriver

ility
ot p
in the openings -arrows- in the steering lock housing -4-.

wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
If the procedure is not possible because there is not enough
Co
op py
space, create a tool from two wire hooks as follows.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
– Bend the one end of a welding wire to form a 1 mm eye.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Cut the welding wire down to the length -a-.
♦ Dimension -a- = approximately 50 mm
– File the end of the wire hook into a point.
♦ Dimension -b- = 5 mm

– Remove the Ignition/Starter Switch - D- -5- from the steering

lock housing. The jeweler's screwdriver or wire hooks must
remain inserted.
Installing
the following:
– Insert the Ignition/Starter Switch - D- into the steering lock
housing until it audibly engages.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
8.5 Steering Column Switch Module, Re‐ by gu
d ara
rise nte
moving and Installing tho eo
au ra
ss c
⇒ “8.5.1 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Instal‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
ling, Kostal”, page 182
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “8.5.2 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Instal‐
ility
ot p
ling, Valeo”, page 184
wit
, is n
h re
8.5.1 Steering Column Switch Module, Re‐
hole
spec
moving and Installing, Kostal
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Removing
rrectness of i
this.
l purpos
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,

Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steering Wheel; Steering Wheel, Re‐
nform
ercia

m
at
om

on
c
in t

or
his
e

at
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
WARNING
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Risk of destroying electronic components with static discharge.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Before disconnecting the connector, discharge static elec‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
tricity from your body by touching a grounded vehicle
component such as the door striker pin.
– Remove the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow A-

and press down.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
– Remove the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow B-

en
ng
t.
yi
and press down.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
– Push the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow C- and
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bolt -2- on the bottom.

– Remove the steering column switch module -1-.
Installing
the following:
– The following must be checked on the Steering Column Elec‐

tronics Control Module - J527- -3- before sliding on the steer‐
ing column switch module: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ The “arrows” -1- must align. olksw not
yV gu b ara
ed nte
♦ The spiral spring -2- must be seen in the window
tho
risbetween the e or
“arrows” -4-. sa
u ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
♦ Refer to
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “8.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module”,
ility
ot p
page 176
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
8.5.2 Steering Column Switch Module, Re‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
moving and Installing, Valeo
Removing
– Position the steering wheel as far back as possible. Use the rrectness of i
l purpos

this.
nform
ercia

m
at
om

on
c
in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

um
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
WARNING
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Risk of destroying electronic components with static discharge. cted agen
Prote AG.
♦ Before disconnecting the connector, discharge static elec‐

– Remove the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow A-

and press down.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab

pe
ility
ot
wit
– Remove the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow B-

, is n
h re
and press down.

hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
– Push the release -1- on both sides in the direction of the

-arrow A-.
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
– Slightly remove the steering column switch
ss
au
module -2-. ac
ce
le
– Push the release -3- in the direction of the -arrow B-.

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Remove the steering column switch module -2-.

erm
ab
ility
ot p
Installing
wit
is n
h re

ole,
the following:
spec
t to the co
– The following must be checked on the Steering Column Elec‐

tronics Control Module - J527- -3- before sliding on the steer‐
ing column switch module:
rrectne
♦ The “arrows” -1- must align.

♦ The spiral spring -2- must be seen in the window between the
ss
“arrows” -4-.
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
186
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.94 - Exterior Lights, Switches
8.6 Steering Column Electronics Control

Module - J527- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
⇒ “8.6.1 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Re‐
moving and Installing, Kostal”, page 187
⇒ “8.6.2 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 , Re‐
moving and Installing, Valeo”, page 189
8.6.1 Steering Column Electronics Control

ling, Kostal
The Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring - F138- is
integrated into the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -
J527- .
Removing
– Position the front wheels straight-ahead. The steering wheel
is located in the neutral position.
this. Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen do
– Remove the steering wheel. Refer olksto ⇒ Suspension, Wheels,
w es n
ot g
yV
Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 ; Steeringd b Wheel; Steering Wheel, Re‐ uaran
ir se
moving and Installing . tho tee
o
au ra
c
– Remove the lower steering
ss column trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
ce
le

un
pt
an

d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
WARNING
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

rrectness of i
l purpos
– Push the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow A- and

nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Push the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow B- and
nf
ercia
o
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
c

or
thi
te
sd
a
– Remove the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow D-

iv
o
r
rp
cu
and press down.

o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Push the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow E- and
rig ht
py by
o Vo
disconnect the connector -5-. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow F-
and press down.
– Release the mounting tabs in the direction of the
-arrows A and B-.

– Remove the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -

J527- -2- from the Steering Column Combination Switch -
E595- .
Installing
the following:
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
or
– Before sliding the Steering
ss
au
Column Electronics Control Mod‐ ac
ule - J527- -3- the following must be checked.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
“arrows” -4-.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
– Make sure that all connectors are installed securely.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Refer to
⇒ “8.1 Overview - Steering Column Switch Module”,
page 176
rrectness of i
l purpos
8.6.2 Steering Column Electronics Control

nform
ercia
ling, Valeo
m
a
com
tion in
The Airbag Spiral Spring/Return Spring with Slip Ring - F138- is

r
te o
thi
integrated into the Steering Column Electronics Control Module -

s
iva
J527- .
do
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
op py
trol module in “Guided Fault Finding”. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
Removing
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Position the front wheels straight-ahead. The steering wheel
is located in the neutral position.
this.

Golf 2015 ➤ , GolfagVariant
en AG. V 2015
olkswag➤
en AG
doe
sw
Electrical Equipment
yV
olk - Edition 12.2015 s not gu
b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
sWARNING
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Push the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow A- and
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Push the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow B- and

– Remove the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow D-
and press down.
– Push the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow E- and

– Remove the connector lock in the direction of the -arrow F-

and press down. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
a does
lksw not
– Disconnect the connector
db
y V -6-.
o gu
ara
e nte
ris
– Remove the screws
ut
ho -1-. eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

J527- -2- from the Steering Column Combination Switch -
E595- .
Installing
the following:

– Before sliding the Steering Column Electronics Control Mod‐

ule - J527- -3- the following must be checked.
“arrows” -4-.
– Make sure that all connectors are installed securely.
Tightening Specifications AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
♦ Refer to by Vol not
gu
ara
⇒ “8.1 Overview - Steering ColumnrisSwitch
ed Module”, nte
page 176 utho eo
ra
s a c
s
ce
e
nl
8.7 Turn Signal Switch - E2- , Removing and
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “8.7.1 Turn Signal Switch E2 , Removing and Installing, Kostal”,
wit
, is n
page 192
h re
hole
spec
⇒ “8.7.2 Turn Signal Switch E2 , Removing and Installing, Valeo”,
es, in part or in w
page 193
t to the co
8.7.1 Turn Signal Switch - E2- , Removing and
Installing, Kostal
rrectness of i
l purpos
Turn Signal Switch - E2- , Cruise Control Switch - E45- and the
Windshield Wiper Intermittent Mode Switch - E22- together make
up the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- .
nform
ercia
The switch cannot be separated. If an individual switch is faulty

m
at
om
the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595- must be re‐
ion
c
placed.
in t
or
his
ate
Removing do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Remove the ignition key, if equipped. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
J527- . Refer to Prote
cted AG.
agen
⇒ “8.6 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
– Remove the bolt -2- on the bottom.
– Remove the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
-1-.
Installing

8.7.2 Turn Signal Switch - E2- , Removing and

Installing, Valeo
placed.
Removing
J527- . Refer to
⇒ “8.6 Steering Column Electronics Control Module J527 ,
– Push the release -1- on both sides inn Athe
G. Vdirection of the
olkswagen A
-arrow A-. olks
wage
G do
es n
o
yV t gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Slightly remove the Steering Column Combination Switch -

E595- -2-.

– Push the release -3- in the direction of the -arrow B-.

– Remove the Steering Column Combination Switch - E595-
-2-.
Installing
8.8 Cruise Control Switch - E45- , Removing

and Installing
placed.
– Turn Signal Switch - E2- , Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “8.7 Turn Signal Switch E2 , Removing and Installing”, page
192 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
8.9 Windshield Wiper Intermittent Mode
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
Switch - E22- , Removing and Installing ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
Turn Signal Switch - E2- , Cruise Control Switchs - E45- and the
s c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
placed.
h re
hole
– Turn Signal Switch - E2- , Removing and installing. Refer to
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “8.7 Turn Signal Switch E2 , Removing and Installing”, page
t to the co
192 .
8.10 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil -
rrectness of i
D2- , Removing and Installing
l purpos
⇒ “8.10.1 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil D2 , Removing and

Installing, Vehicles with Ignition Key”, page 194
nform
ercia
⇒ “8.10.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil D2 , Removing and

m
Installing, Vehicles with Keyless Access”, page 194

com
tion in
8.10.1 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil -

r
te o
thi
s
iva
D2- , Removing and Installing, Vehicles

do
r
rp
cum
fo
with Ignition Key

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
The Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil - D2- is integrated in the
. C rig
ht ht
rig
lock cylinder and cannot be replaced separately. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
– Lock cylinder, removing and installing. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “8.2 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 179 .
8.10.2 Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil -

D2- , Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with Keyless Access
Removing

. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Position the steering wheel as far back as Vpossible.
olks
wa Use the not
entire adjustment range of the steeringecolumn
db
y adjustment for gu
ara
this. ho
ris nte
eo
ut ra
a
– Remove the lower steering column
s trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body
s c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil - D2- -2- in the
ility
ot p
direction of the -arrow A- from the mount -1-.
wit
, is n
h re
Installing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
the following:
– Push in the Anti-Theft Immobilizer Reader Coil - D2- until it
engages audibly in the mount.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
8.11 Steering Lock Housing, Removing and
om
ion
c
in t
Installing
or
his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
g
♦ 7/16 Inch Extractor - T10424US-

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
Removing
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the steering column switch module. Refer to
⇒ “8.5 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 182 .
– Disconnect the connectors -1 and 4-.
If the shear bolt cannot be removed using the -T10424US- , use
an angled hand drill and 8.5 mm diameter bit to drill it out.
– Remove the shear bolt -2- using the -T10424US- .
– Remove the steering lock housing -3-.
To replace the steering lock housing, the Ignition/Starter Switch -
D- and lock cylinder must be removed.
– Remove the Ignition/Starter Switch - D- . Refer to
⇒ “8.4 Ignition/Starter Switch, Removing and Installing”, page
181 .
– Remove lock cylinder. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 179 .
Installing
the following:

– Tighten the new bolts -arrows- until the head shears off.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9 Parking Aid
⇒ “9.1 Overview - Parking Aid”, page 197
⇒ “9.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 200
⇒ “9.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and
⇒ “9.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and
⇒ “9.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page
203
⇒ “9.6 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
page 205
9.1 Overview - Parking Aid

⇒ “9.1.1 Overview - Front Parking Aid”, page 197
⇒ “9.1.2 Overview - Rear Parking Aid, Sedan”, page 199
⇒ “9.1.3 Overview - Rear Parking Aid, Wagon”, page 200
9.1.1 Overview - Front Parking Aid
Note
The Sedan is shown. The Wagon is identical.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
197
by c lksw
cted
9. Parking Aid
agen
Prote AG.
1 - Front Parking Aid Warning

Buzzer - H22-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “9.3 Front Parking Aid
Warning Buzzer H22 ,
ling”, page 201 .
2 - Parking Aid Button - E266-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.12 Parking Aid But‐
ton E266 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 266 . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
3 - Bracket d byV ua
ran
ir se
❑ For the Parking Aid utho tee
or
Control Module - J446- ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
ling. Refer to
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “2.8 Parking Aid Con‐
rm
ab
trol Module J446 / Par‐
pe
ility
allel Parking Assistance
ot
wit
, is n
Control Module J791
h re
hole
Bracket, Removing and
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
4 - Parking Aid Control Module
- J446-
rrectness of i
ling. Refer to
l purpos

trol Module J446 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, nform
ercia
page 200 .
m
5 - Left Front Parking Aid Sen‐

com
tion in
sor - G255-
r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
⇒ “9.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 203 .
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
6 - Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-

n
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
7 - Right Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G253-
agen
Prote AG.

8 - Right Front Parking Aid Sensor - G252-

lkswagen AG
n AG. VoElectrical
swage Equipment
does - Edition
12.2015
olk not
byV gu
ara
ed
9.1.2 Overview - Rear Parking Aid, Sedan tho
ris nte
eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
1 - Connector
pt
du
an
itte
y li
2 - Expanding Clip
erm
ab
ility
ot p
3 - Rear Parking Aid Warning
wit
, is n
Buzzer - H15-
h re
hole
spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “9.4.1 Rear Parking
Aid Warning Buzzer
H15 , Removing and In‐
rrectness of i
stalling, Sedan”,
page 202 .
l purpos
4 - Expanding Clip
nf
ercia
5 - Right Rear Parking Aid Sen‐
or
sor - G206-
m
m
atio
m

o
n in
c
ling. Refer to
or
thi
e
⇒ “9.6 Rear Parking Aid

t
sd
iva
Sensor, Removing and
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
6 - Right Rear Center Parking Cop py
Aid Sensor - G205-
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
ling. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
7 - Left Rear Center Parking
Aid Sensor - G204-
ling. Refer to
8 - Left Rear Parking Aid Sen‐
sor - G203-
⇒ “9.6 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 205 .
9 - Parking Aid Control Module - J446-
⇒ “9.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Removing and Installing”, page 200 .
10 - Bracket
❑ For the Parking Aid Control Module - J446-
⇒ “2.8 Parking Aid Control Module J446 / Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module J791 Bracket,
9. Parking Aid 199

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw not
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 by Vol
gu
ara
d
rise nte
o eo
9.1.3 Overview - Rear Parking Aid, Wagon
th
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
1 - Expanding Clip
itte
y li
erm
ab
2 - Connector
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
3 - Expanding Clip
h re
hole
spec
4 - Rear Parking Aid Warning
es, in part or in w
Buzzer - H15-
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “9.4.2 Rear Parking
rrectness of i
Aid Warning Buzzer
H15 , Removing and In‐ l purpos
stalling, Wagon”,
page 202 .
nform
ercia
5 - Right Rear Parking Aid Sen‐

m
at
sor - G206-
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
e
ling. Refer to
at
do
riv

p
cum
or

f
en
g

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
6 - Right Rear Center Parking
rig
gh ht
yri by
Aid Sensor - G205- cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Removing and instal‐ Prote AG.
ling. Refer to
7 - Left Rear Center Parking
Aid Sensor - G204-
ling. Refer to
8 - Left Rear Parking Aid Sen‐
sor - G203-
⇒ “9.6 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 205 .
9 - Parking Aid Control Module - J446-
⇒ “9.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Removing and Installing”, page 200 .
10 - Bracket
❑ For the Parking Aid Control Module - J446-
⇒ “2.8 Parking Aid Control Module J446 / Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module J791 Bracket,
9.2 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- , Re‐


Removing
– Remove the trim panel under the instrument panel. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and
Covers; Driver Side Instrument PanelgeCover,
AG. VolkRemoving
swagen AG and
Installing . a n does
olksw not
V y gu
db ara
– Disconnect the connectors
or
ise -1 and 2-. nte
th eo
s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– To do this push the tab -1-, pivot the retaining bracket in the
l purpos
direction of -arrow- and remove the connector.
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
– Release the tab in direction of -arrow- and remove the Parking Prote AG.
Aid Control Module - J446- -3- downward from the bracket.
Installing
9.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H22- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the trim panel under the instrument panel. Refer to
⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and
Covers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and
Installing .
9. Parking Aid 201

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 by
V➤
ol not
gu
d ara
Electrical Equipment - Edition
oris 12.2015
e nte
h eo
aut ra
c
– Remove the Front Parking Aid
s Warning Buzzer - H22- -3- with
s
ce
e
a narrow screwdriver -1- from the mount -2- in direction of
nl
pt
du
an
-arrows-.
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- .
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
Installing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
c
9.4 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -
um
for
en
ng
t.
H15- , Removing and Installing
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
⇒ “9.4.1 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “9.4.2 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H15 , Removing and
Installing, Wagon”, page 202
9.4.1 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H15- , Removing and Installing, Sedan
Removing
– Remove the C-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; C-Pillar Trim Panel,
– Pry off the expanding clip -1 and 3-.
– Remove the Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H15- -2-.
Installing
9.4.2 Rear Parking Aid Warning Buzzer -

H15- , Removing and Installing, Wagon
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment side trim panel. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Pan‐
els; Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and
Installing .

– Pry of the expanding clip -1 and 3-.

wage es n
– Remove the Rear Parking Aid Warning yV
olkBuzzer - H15- -4-.
s ot g
ua
d b ran
e
– Disconnect the connector -2-. horis tee
ut or
a ac
Installing ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
9.5 Front Parking Aid Sensor, Removing
and Installing
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
– Remove the radiator grille. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior; Rep. Gr.
om
n in
66 ; Radiator Grille/Front Trim; Radiator Grille, Removing and
or c
Installing .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
Caution
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
There is a risk of damaging the components.
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
opy Vo
♦ Carefully remove the bumper. Pay attention that the by c lksw
cted agen
bumper is not deformed or ripped. Prote AG.
♦ When removing the headlamp the surface can be scratch‐

ed. Tape up those components which could be damaged.
– Remove the bolts -3- from the front wheel housing liner.
9. Parking Aid 203

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the bolts between the bumper cover and lock carrier
t to the co
from below.
– If equipped, remove the bolts -1-.
rrectness of i
– Detach the bumper cover -2- from the fender and remove in
the direction of the -arrow A-.
l purpos
– Press both catches in the direction of the -arrow A- and at the

nform
same time press sensor -1- inward from outside.

mercia

a
com
tion in
Installing
r
te o
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp
the following:
um
fo
en
ng
t.
When inserting sensor into sensor bracket, make sure that de‐
yi Co
op py
coupling ring (black silicone ring) has proper fit on the sensor . C rig
ht ht
head.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
Both sensor mount retaining clips must engage audibly when in‐
agen
Prote AG.
stalling the sensor.

9.6 Rear Parking Aid Sensor, Removing

and Installing lksw
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
n o ot g
yV ua
Removing ir se
db ran
tee
ho
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical ut
equipment.
a
or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
Outer Sensors
y li
erm
ab
ility
The outer rear parking aid sensor can be remove and installed
ot p
wit
without removing the rear bumper.
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
Interior Sensor
rrectne
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
Rep. Gr. 63 ; Rear Bumper; Bumper Cover, Removing and
ss
Installing .
o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va

i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
Installing
t.
yi Co
op py
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
the following: p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
When inserting sensor into sensor bracket, make sure that de‐ Prote AG.
coupling ring (black silicone ring) has proper fit on the sensor
head.
Both sensor mount retaining clips must engage audibly when in‐
9. Parking Aid 205

10 Parallel Parking Assist

⇒ “10.1 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist”, page 206
⇒ “10.2 Control Module, Removing and Installing”, page 207
⇒ “10.3 Front Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
wapage
gen AG208
. Volkswagen AG
does
ks not
Vol gu
⇒ “10.4 Rear Sensor, Removing and Installing”,
ed
by page 208 ara
nte
ris
ho eo
10.1 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist ss
aut ra
c
ce
e
⇒ “10.1.1 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist, Sedan”, page 206

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
⇒ “10.1.2 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist, Wagon”,
erm
ab
page 207
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
10.1.1 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist, Sedan
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1 - Parallel Parking Assistance
Button - E581-
rrectness of i
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.13 Parallel Parking
l purpos
Assistance Button
E581 , Removing and
nform
mercia
2 - Rear Parallel Parking Assist
at
om
i
Sensor
on
c
in t
or
❑ Left Rear Parallel Park‐
his
ate
ing Assistance Sensor -
do
priv
c
G716- um
for
en
g
❑ Right Rear Parallel

n
t.
yi Co
op
Parking Assistance C py
ht. rig
Sensor - G717- rig ht
py by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
ling. Refer to
Prote AG.
⇒ “10.4 Rear Sensor,

ling”, page 208 .
3 - Bracket
❑ For Parallel Parking As‐
sistance Control Module
- J791-
ling. Refer to
Control Module J791
ling. Refer to ⇒ “10.2 Control Module, Removing and Installing”, page 207 .
5 - Parallel Parking Assist Front Sensor
❑ Left Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G568-
❑ Right Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G569-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “10.3 Front Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 208 .

10.1.2 Overview - Parallel Parking Assist, Wagon

Button - E581- lkswage es n
Vo ot g
❑ Removing and instal‐ ed
by ua
ran
ling. Refer to thoris tee
or
⇒ “2.13 Parallel Parking
au ac
ss
Assistance Button
ce
le
E581 , Removing and
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
erm
ab
2 - Rear Parallel Parking Assist
ility
ot p
Sensor
wit
is n
h re
❑ Left Rear Parallel Park‐
ole,
spec
ing Assistance Sensor -
G716-
t to the co
❑ Right Rear Parallel
Parking Assistance
Sensor - G717-
rrectne
ling. Refer to
ss
⇒ “10.4 Rear Sensor,
o
cial p
f
inform
ling”, page 208 .
mer
atio
m
3 - Bracket
o
n
c
i
or
n
❑ For Parallel Parking As‐
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
- J791-
p
cum
r
fo
en
ng
❑ Removing and instal‐ yi

t.
Co
ling. Refer to . Cop py
t rig
gh ht
yri by
trol Module J446 / Par‐ cop Vo
by lksw
allel Parking Assistance cted agen
Prote AG.
Control Module J791
ling. Refer to ⇒ “10.2 Control Module, Removing and Installing”, page 207 .
5 - Parallel Parking Assist Front Sensor
❑ Left Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G568-
❑ Right Front Parallel Parking Assistance Sensor - G569-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “10.3 Front Sensor, Removing and Installing”, page 208 .
10.2 Control Module, Removing and Instal‐

ling
The removal and installation of the Parallel Parking Assistance
Control Module - J791- is identical to the removal and installation
of the Parking Aid Control Module - J446- .
– Parking Aid Control Module - J446- , Removing and installing.
Refer to
⇒ “9.2 Parking Aid Control Module J446 , Removing and In‐
10. Parallel Parking Assist 207

10.3 Front Sensor, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Press both catches in the direction of the -arrows A- and at the
Installing
the following:
coupling ring (black silicone ring) has
AG. Volproper
kswagenfit
AGon the sensor
head. agen does
olksw not
V y gu
db a
Both sensor mount or
iseretaining clips must engage audibly when
ran
tee in‐
au
th or
a
ss c
ce
e
nl
10.4 Rear Sensor, Removing and Installing

pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Removing
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the rear wheel housing liner. Refer to ⇒ Body Exte‐

t to the co
rior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Wheel Housing Liner; Rear Wheel Housing

Liner, Removing and Installing .
rrectness of i
– Press both catches in the direction of the -arrows A- and at the

l purpos

nform
ercia
Installing
m
at

om
io
the following:
n
c
in t
or
his
e
at
do
riv
coupling ring (black silicone ring) has proper fit on the sensor
p
cum
or
head.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Both sensor mount retaining clips must engage audibly when in‐ Cop py
. rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

11 Automatic Headlamp Range Control

⇒ “11.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control”,
page 209
⇒ “11.1.2 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control, Wag‐
on”, page 210
⇒ “11.2 Control Module for Headlamp Range/Cornering Lamp
and Headlamp Range, Removing and Installing”, page 211
11.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range

Control
⇒ “11.1.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control, Se‐
dan”, page 209
⇒ “11.1.2 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control, Wag‐
on”, page 210
11.1.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control, Sedan
1 - Expanding Clip
❑ Quantity: 2
2 - Control Module
❑ Without cornering
lamps: Headlamp
Range Control Module -
J431-
❑ With cornering lamps:
Cornering Lamp and
Headlamp Range Con‐
trol Module - J745-
ling. Refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “11.2 Control Module agen oes
olksw not
for Headlamp Range/ ed byV gu
ara
Cornering Lamp and horis nte
eo
Headlamp Range, Re‐ aut ra
c
moving and Installing”, ss
ce
le
page 211 .
un
pt
an
d
itte
3 - Connector y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
4 - Left Rear Level Control Sys‐
ot
wit
tem Sensor - G76-
, is n
h re
hole
❑ On the rear control arm

spec
es, in part or in w
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒
t to the co
Suspension, Wheels,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 43 ;
Level Control System
rrectness of i
Sensor; Overview -
Rear Level Control Sys‐
l purpos
tem Sensor .
5 - Left Front Level Control
nform
ercia
System Sensor - G78-

m
❑ On the control arm in the

com
tio
front
n in
r
te o
thi
❑ For HID headlamp with

s
iva
do
cornering lamp
r
rp
cum
fo
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 43 ; Level Control System Sensor; Over‐
en
ng
t.
view - Front Level Control System Sensor .
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
209
Prote AG.
11. Automatic Headlamp Range Control
6 - Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48-

❑ Removing and installing. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage Refer to es n
⇒ “1.8 Left/Right
by
Vo Headlamp Beam Adjustment
lk ot Motor
gu
a
V48 / V49 , Removing and Installing”, page 111 .
d ran
se
7 - Right Headlamp
tho
ri Beam Adjustment Motor - V49- tee
or
au ac
❑ Removing
ss and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Left/Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor V48 / V49 , Removing and Installing”, page 111 .
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
11.1.2 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control, Wagon
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
1 - Expanding Clip
t to the co
❑ Quantity: 2
2 - Control Module
rrectne
❑ Without cornering
lamps: Headlamp
Range Control Module -
ss
J431-
o
cial p
f in
❑ With cornering lamps:
form
mer
Cornering Lamp and
atio
Headlamp Range Con‐
om
n
trol Module - J745-
c
i
or
n thi
e

t
sd
va
ling. Refer to
i
o
pr
cum
r
⇒ “11.2 Control Module

fo
en
ng
for Headlamp Range/

t.
yi Co
op
Cornering Lamp and
C py
t. rig
gh
Headlamp Range, Re‐
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
page 211 . Prote AG.
3 - Connector
4 - Left Rear Level Control Sys‐
tem Sensor - G76-
❑ On the rear control arm
Suspension, Wheels,
Level Control System
Sensor; Overview -
Rear Level Control Sys‐
tem Sensor .
5 - Left Front Level Control
System Sensor - G78-
❑ On the control arm in the
front
❑ For HID headlamp with
cornering lamp
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 43 ; Level Control System Sensor; Over‐
view - Front Level Control System Sensor .
6 - Left Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V48-
7 - Right Headlamp Beam Adjustment Motor - V49-

11.2 Control Module for Headlamp Range/

Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range,
Removing
– Remove the driver side instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 ; Storage Compartments and Cov‐
ers; Driver Side Instrument Panel Cover, Removing and In‐
stalling .
– If installed, remove the driver side knee airbag. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ; Knee Airbags; Overview - Knee
Airbag .
– Release and remove the expanding clip -3-.
– Remove the control module -1- rearward.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– To do this push the tab -1-, pivot the retaining bracket in the
l purpos
direction of -arrow- and remove the connector.

Installing
nform
ercia

m
a
com
the following:
ion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
11. Automatic Headlamp Range Control 211

– Push the expanding clip -2- in the opening -3- on the control
module -1-.
– Lock the expanding clip by turning 90° in direction of -arrow-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Trailer Hitch
⇒ “12.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket”, page 213
⇒ “12.2 Trailer Socket U10 ”, page 214
⇒ “12.3 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , Removing
12.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket

⇒ “12.1.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket, Sedan”, page 213 . Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
⇒ “12.1.2 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket, Wagon”, page 214y V olk not
gu
d b ara
ise nte
12.1.1 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket, Sedan aut
hor eo
ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
1 - Towing Recognition Control
du
an
Module - J345- itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
ling. Refer to
wit
, is n
⇒ “12.3.1 Towing Rec‐
h re
hole
ognition Control Module
spec
J345 , Removing and In‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
stalling, Sedan”,
page 215 .
2 - Frame
rrectness of i
❑ For Towing Recognition
l purpos

3 - Trailer Socket - U10-
nf
ercia
o
❑ Connector assignment.
rm
m
Refer to
atio
m
⇒ “12.2 Trailer Socket

o
n in
or c
U10 ”, page 214 .
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
12. Trailer Hitch 213

12.1.2 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket, Wagon
1 - Trailer Socket - U10-

❑ Connector assignment.
Refer to
⇒ “12.2 Trailer Socket
U10 ”, page 214 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
3 - Towing Recognition Control
Module - J345-
ling. Refer to
ognition Control Module
J345 , Removing and In‐
stalling, Wagon”,
page 215 .
4 - Control Module Bracket
❑ For Towing Recognition
ling. Refer to
ognition Control Module wage
es n
J345 , Removingy Vand In‐
olks ot g
ua
stalling, Wagon”,
ed b ran
ris
page 215uth.o tee
o ra
sa c
5 - Vehicle Tools
s Bracket
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
12.2 Trailer Socket - U10-

l purpos
Characteristics of pin 9.
♦ Pin 9, continuous positive, supplies the trailer with positive
nf
ercia
from the Battery - A- .

orm
m
atio
m
♦ The continuous positive is always connected directly with the

o
n in
c
Battery - A- .
or
thi
te
sd
a
♦ Only low current is permitted, approximately 7.5 - 10 A.

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
Trailer Socket - U10- Connector Assignment.

f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
The exact connector assignment can be found the applicable wir‐ C py
ht. rig
ing diagram. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & rig ht
py by
Component locations. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

12.3 Towing Recognition Control Module -

J345- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “12.3.1 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , Removing
⇒ “12.3.2 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , Removing
12.3.1 Towing Recognition Control Module -

J345- , Removing and Installing, Sedan
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment left trim panel. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Luggage Compartment Trim Pan‐
els; Luggage Compartment Side Trim Panel, Removing and
Installing .
– Push the clips -1- together in the direction of the -arrows A-.
– Remove the Towing RecognitionenControl
AG. VolksModule
wagen AG- J345- -3-.
ag does
ksw not
Vol -2-.
– Disconnect the connectors gu
by ara
ed nte
ris
Installing tho eo
au ra
c
Install in reverse ss
order of removal.
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
12.3.2 Towing Recognition Control Module -

nform
ercia
J345- , Removing and Installing, Wagon

m
a
com
tion in

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do

r
rp
cum
fo
Removing
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the lid in the left luggage compartment side trim pan‐
el.
– Remove the vehicle tool kit.
12. Trailer Hitch 215

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Remove the screws -1-. olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
se nte
– Pull the vehicle tools bracket in the direction
thori of -arrow A-. eo
au ra
– Disconnect the connectors -2-. ss c
ce
le
un
pt
– Remove the vehicle tools bracket in the direction of
an
d
itte
-arrow B- from the side panel.
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
– Push the catch -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Lift up the Towing Recognition Control Module - J345- -2- and
rrectness of i
remove in the direction of the arrow -B-.
l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia
m
a
com
tio
♦ Refer to
n in
r
⇒ “12.1.2 Overview - Trailer Hitch Socket, Wagon”,

te o
thi
s
page 214
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

13 Blind Spot Detection

⇒ “13.1 Overview - Blind Spot Detection”, page 217
⇒ “13.2 Blind Spot Detection Warning Lamp in Left/Right Exterior
Mirror K303 / K304 , Removing and Installing”, page 219
⇒ “13.3 Blind Spot Detection Control Module J1086 / Blind Spot
Detection Control Module 2 J1087 , Removing and Installing”,
page 220
⇒ “13.4 Blind Spot Detection, Calibrating”, page 222
13.1 Overview - Blind Spot Detection

⇒ “13.1.1 Overview - Blind Spot Detection, Sedan”, page 217
⇒ “13.1.2 Overview - Blind Spot Detection, Wagon”, page 218
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
13.1.1 Overview V-ol Blind Spot Detection,oSedan
es n o
ksw t gu
by a
ed ran
oris tee
th or
1 - Blind Spot Warn‐ au
Detection ac
ss
ing Lamp in Left Exterior Mirror
ce
le
un
pt
- K303-
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
ling. Refer to
pe
ility
ot
⇒ “13.2 Blind Spot De‐
wit
, is n
tection Warning Lamp in
h re
hole
Left/Right Exterior Mir‐
spec
ror K303 / K304 , Re‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
page 219 .
2 - Blind Spot Detection Warn‐
rrectness of i
ing Lamp in Right Exterior Mir‐

ror - K304-
l purpos

ling. Refer to
nform
ercia

m

a
com
ti

on in
ror K303 / K304 , Re‐

r
te o
thi

s
iva
do
page 219 .
r
rp
cum
fo
en
g
3 - Bracket
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
4 - Nut
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ 6 Nm cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Connector
6 - Blind Spot Detection Con‐
trol Module - J1086-
❑ Master
ling. Refer to
⇒ “13.3.1 Blind Spot
Detection Control Mod‐
ule J1086 / Blind Spot
ule 2 J1087 , Removing
and Installing, Sedan”, page 220 .
7 - Bracket
❑ Lower attachment point
13. Blind Spot Detection 217

8 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
9 - Screw
❑ 2 Nm
10 - Blind Spot Detection Control Module 2 - J1087-
❑ Slave
⇒ “13.3.1 Blind Spot Detection Control Module J1086 / Blind Spot Detection Control Module 2 J1087 ,
Removing and Installing, Sedan”, page 220 .
11 - Connector
12 - Nut
❑ 2 Nm
13 - Bracket
13.1.2 Overview - Blind Spot Detection, Wagon

ing Lamp in Left Exterior Mirror
- K303-
❑ Removing and instal‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ling. Refer to olksw not
V gu
by
⇒ “13.2 Blind Spot De‐ rised ara
nte
tection Warning Lamp in ut
ho eo
ra
Left/Right Exterior Mir‐ ss a c
ror K303 / K304 , Re‐
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
page 219 .
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
ing Lamp in Right Exterior Mir‐
, is n
h re
ror - K304-
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
ling. Refer to
t to the co
rrectness of i
ror K303 / K304 , Re‐
l purpos
page 219 .
3 - Bracket
nform
mercia
4 - Connector
at
om
ion
c
5 - Bolt
in t
or
his
e
❑ 2 Nm
at
do
priv
cum
6 - Blind Spot Detection Con‐

for
en
g
trol Module - J1086-

n
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Master t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Removing and instal‐ op Vo
by c lksw
ling. Refer to cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “13.3.2 Blind Spot
ule J1086 / Blind Spot
ule 2 J1087 , Removing
and Installing, Wagon”, page 221 .

7 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm
8 - Nut
❑ 6 Nm
9 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
10 - Blind Spot Detection Control Module 2 - J1087-
❑ Slave
⇒ “13.3.2 Blind Spot Detection Control Module J1086 / Blind Spot Detection Control Module 2 J1087 ,
Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 221 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
11 - Bracket ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
12 - Connector ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
13 - Nut s aut ra
c
s
❑ 6 Nm
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
13.2 Blind Spot Detection Warning Lamp in
ot
wit
, is n
Left/Right Exterior Mirror - K303- / -
h re
hole
K304- , Removing and Installing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The Blind Spot Detection Warning Lamp in Left Exterior Mirror -
K303- / Blind Spot Detection Warning Lamp in Right Exterior
Mirror - K304- is located in the mirror glass and cannot be re‐
rrectness of i
placed separately.
l purpos
– Removing and installing the mirror glass. Refer to ⇒ Body

Exterior; Rep. Gr. 66 ; Exterior Rearview Mirror; Mirror Glass,
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

13.3 Blind Spot Detection Control Module -

J1086- / Blind Spot Detection Control
Module 2 - J1087- , Removing and In‐
stalling
⇒ “13.3.1 Blind Spot Detection Control Module J1086 / Blind Spot
Detection Control Module 2 J1087 , Removing and Installing, Se‐
dan”, page 220
Detection Control Module 2 J1087 , Removing and Installing,
Wagon”, page 221
13.3.1 Blind Spot Detection Control Module -

Module 2 - J1087- , Removing and In‐
stalling, Sedan
Removing
– Remove the nut -1- and the screws -4- for the bracket.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the Blind Spot Detection Control Module - J1086- /

Blind Spot Detection Control Module 2 - J1087- with the brack‐
et -1-.
Blind Spot Detection Control Module 2 - J1087- -2- from the
bracket -1-.
Installing
the following:
Note
♦ The blind spot detection calibration normally occurs automat‐

ically.
♦ Static calibration is only required when there is a DTC memory
entry.
♦ Refer to
⇒ “13.1.1 Overview - Blind Spot Detection, Sedan”,
page 217

Module 2 - J1087- lksw
agen, Removing
AG. Volkswagen AGand
does In‐
not
stalling, Wagon Vo gu
by ara
d
se ri n tee
ho
Removing aut or
ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
– Remove the nuts -2- and bolts -4-.

itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
Blind Spot Detection Control Module 2 - J1087- with the brack‐

wit
, is n
et -1-.
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bolt -3-. agen

AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Remove the Blind Spot Detection
d by V
Control Module - J1086- / guara
rise
Blind Spot Detection hControl Module 2 - J1087- -2- from the nte
o eo
bracket -1-. aut ra
c
ss
Installing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
the following:
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
Note
ole,
spec
♦ The blind spot detection calibration normally occurs automat‐
t to the co
ically.
♦ Static calibration is only required when there is a DTC memory
rrectne
entry.
ss
o
cial p
f in
♦ Refer to ⇒ “13.1 Overview - Blind Spot Detection”, page 217
form
mer
atio
m
13.4 Blind Spot Detection, Calibrating

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
⇒ “13.4.1 Preparing for Calibration”, page 222
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
13.4.1 Preparing for Calibration

fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Note cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The vehicle in the illustration is only a basic outline.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
orise Golf 2015 ➤
nte , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
eo
h
s aut
Electrical Equipment r a - Edition 12.2015
c
s
ce
le
un
1 - Volkswagen Logo
pt
an
d
itte
y li
❑ The laser pointer is
erm
ab
aligned on the center of
ility
ot p
the Volkswagen logo
wit
is n
h re
2 - Calibration Tool - Wheel
ole,
spec
Center Mountings - urposes, in part or in wh
VAS6350/1-
t to the co
❑ With 17 mm wheel bolt
adapter and measure
paddle
rrectne
3 - Calibration Tool - Lane
s
Change Calibration Tool -
s o
VAS6350/4-
cial p
f inform
❑ Is moved from the left to
mer
the right side of measur‐
atio
m
ing field during calibra‐

o
n
c
tion
i
or
n thi
te
sd
❑ When installed correct‐
iva
o
r
ly, vehicle electrical sys‐

p
cum
r
fo
tem voltage line must be
en
ng
t.
yi
connected at bottom left
Co
op py
of calibration device (as
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
seen in direction of trav‐ p by
co Vo
el)
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Height of the upper
edge of the calibration
device to the floor
♦ Sedan: 606 mm
♦ Wagon: 618 mm
4 - Calibration Unit -
VAS6350A-
5 - Calibration Tool - Linear La‐
ser - VAS6350/3-
❑ With “laser protective
eyewear”
❑ On the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-
❑ Turning on and off. Refer to the Operating Instructions.
6 - Plastic Foot
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ Can be adjusted when setting the horizontal position of the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-
7 - Calibration Tool - Spacing Laser - VAS6350/2-
❑ For distance measurement
❑ Usage information. Refer to the Operating Instructions.
8 - Measuring Scale
❑ For positioning the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool Calibration Tool - Lane Change
Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4- .
❑ Dimension to be adjusted measuring point on steel ruler
♦ Sedan: 621 mm
♦ Wagon: 678 mm
9 - Level
❑ On the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-
❑ To check the horizontal position of the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-

10 - Catch Bracket
❑ To mount the Calibration Tool - Spacing Laser - VAS6350/2- for the distance measurement
❑ Distance to the Calibration Tool - Wheel Center Mountings - VAS6350/1- on the rear wheels: dimension
-a- = 1700 ± 2 mm
13.4.2 Calibration Preparation

gen AG
. VolkswWork
agen AG
d
a oes
lksw not
Special tools and workshop
db
y V equipment required
o gu
ara
e nte
ris
♦ Calibration Unituth-oVAS6350A- eo
ra
sa c
♦ Calibration Tool
s
- Wheel Center Mountings - VAS6350/1-
ce
le
un
pt
♦ Calibration Tool - Spacing Laser - VAS6350/2-
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
♦ Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4-
pe
ility
ot
wit
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
, is n
h re
hole
Various preparation work procedures must be performed before
spec
the actual calibration procedure using the Vehicle Diagnostic
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Tester .
Requirements
rrectness of i
• Move the vehicle onto a secure flat surface.
l purpos
• Apply the parking brake - the vehicle must not move during the
measurement.
nform
ercia
• Place the front wheels in a straight-ahead position - steering

wheel neutral position.
m
a
com
tion in
• No persons may be in the vehicle interior during the meas‐

r
te o
urement.
thi
s
iva
do
r
• Do not open and close the vehicle doors during calibration.

rp
cum
fo
en
g
Procedure
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Tighten three wheel bolt adapters (17 mm) for the wheel bolts
on each -VAS6350/1- .
– Insert the measuring paddle on both -VAS6350/1- and secure
it with the locking nut.
– Place the -VAS6350/1- onto the wheel bolts on both rear
wheels.
• The wheel center sensor rotation center must be in wheel ro‐
tation center.
Note
Place the -VAS6350/1- on the wheels so that the “anti-theft wheel

bolts” are not connected with wheel center mounting.
– Adjust the measuring paddle using the lock nuts so that they
move freely just above the floor.
• The measuring paddles must move easily.
• The measuring paddles must be vertical.

– Position the -VAS6350A- at distance -a- to the rear wheels.

• Dimension -a- = 1700 ± 2 mm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
– Switch on the -VAS6350/2- with the ON button. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Display on the -VAS6350/2- :
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
• “- - - m”
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
Note
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
The laser is switched on at same time.
rrectness of i
l purpos
– Hold the -VAS6350/2- -2- flush against the catch bracket, as

shown in the illustration, for the distance measurement.
nform
ercia
• The -VAS6350/2- must lie firmly against the catch bracket.

m
at
om
ion
– Make sure the “laser beam” for the distance measurement
c
in t
or
contacts the paddle on lower enlarged part -1-. his

ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
If that is not the case, correct the measuring paddle height using
the locking nuts on the -VAS6350/1- .
– Briefly press the ON button for distance measurement.
Display on the -VAS6350/2- :
• “1,700 m” (specified value: 1700 ± 2 mm).
– Repeat the measurement procedure from the left catch brack‐
et to measuring paddle on left rear wheel.
• The distance value must be the same on both sides.
If both measured values are not the same, adjust the -VAS6350A-
accordingly.
Note

AG. Volkswagen AG d
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 ksw
agen oes
not
ol
byV gu
ara
d
– Secure the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Toolor-ise nte
eo
VAS6350/4- to the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A- mount onautthe
h
ra
rear left side. ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
• When installed correctly, the vehicle electrical system voltage
du
an
itte
line must be connected at bottom left of calibration device (as
y li
erm
ab
seen in direction of travel).
ility
ot p
wit
• Sedan dimension -a- = 606 mm (measured from the upper
, is n
h re
edge of the calibration device to workshop floor).
hole
spec
• Wagon dimension -a- = 618 mm (measured from the upper
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– The adjustment dimension is set with the measuring point
-arrow- on the base of the calibration device on the scale of
rrectness of i
the steel ruler -1-.
• Left adjustment dimension for Sedan = 621 mm (read on l purpos
measuring scale -1-).
nf
ercia
o
• Left adjustment dimension for Wagon = 678 mm (read on
rm
m
atio
om
n in
c
– Connect the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool

or
thi
e
Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4-

t
sd
iva
to the vehicle electrical system voltage.
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Using the bubble level (level indicator) -arrow-, bring the Cal‐
Co
op py
ibration Unit - VAS6350A- into a horizontal position by turning
. C rig
ht ht
rig
the plastic bases. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Wear laser protective eyewear.
Note
– Turn on the Calibration Laser - VAS6350/3A- on the Calibra‐

tion Unit - VAS6350A- .
– Align the entire Calibration Unit - VAS6350A- so that the laser
beam shines on the center of the vehicle rear above the VW
logo.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
– Check right and leftd distance
by V between catch bracket onguthe
ara
Calibration Unit o-riVAS6350A-
se and measuring paddle -1- on nte
eo
wheel mountingsaut again.
h
ra
ss c
• Specified value: 1700 ± 2 mm
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Blind Spot Detection Control Module, Calibrating. Refer to
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
Detection Control Module 2 J1087 , Calibrating”, page 227 .
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
Module 2 - J1087- , Calibrating
nform
ercia

m
at
om
♦ Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-
ion
c
in t
or
♦ Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
g
Note
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Before the actual calibration procedure for the control modules,
gh ht
yri by
the Calibration Unit - VAS6350A- must be set up as described in
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
the chapter.
agen
Prote AG.
The following should not occur during the calibration procedure:

• Vehicle doors must not be opened or closed.
• People must not sit in the vehicle.
• People must not go between the vehicle and the Calibration
Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4- .
Procedure:
– Turn on the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool -
VAS6350/4- at the power switch -3-.
• The green LED -1- must turn on.
Note
If the red LED -2- lights up: Check the Calibration Tool - Lane
Change Calibration Tool Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibra‐
tion Tool - VAS6350/4- .
– Connect the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .

– Select calibration.
– Follow the instructions in the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester dis‐
play.
Note

During the program sequence, there is a prompt to switch the

Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool - VAS6350/4-
from the left to the right side of the Calibration Tool - VAS6350- .
– Turn off the Calibration Tool - Lane Change Calibration Tool -
VAS6350/4- and remove the calibration tool.
• When installed correctly, the vehicle electrical system voltage
line must be connected at bottom left of calibration device (as
seen in direction of travel).
• Sedan dimension -a- = 606 mm (measured from the upper
• Wagon dimension -a- = 618 mm (measured from the upper
• Right adjustment dimension for Sedan = 621 mm (read on
• Right adjustment dimension for Wagon = 678 mm (read on
– Turn on the -VAS6350/4- at the power switch -3-.

• The green LED -1- must turn on.
– Follow the instructions in the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester dis‐
play.
After a successful blind spot detection calibration, switch off the
ignition and disconnect the diagnostic connector.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 Special Tools
♦ Trim Release Lever - Wedge - T10039/1-
♦ 7/16 Inch Extractor - T10424US-

♦ Locking Pin (3 pc.) - T40011- or
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du

an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
♦ Calibration Unit - VAS6350A-

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
14. Special Tools 229

♦ Pry Lever - 80-200-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

96 – Interior Lights, Switches
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lamps 231
1 Lamps
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Lamps”,
page 233
⇒ “1.2 Component Location Overview - Front Door Lamps”, page
234
⇒ “1.3 Component Location Overview - Rear Door Lamps”,. Vpage
AG olkswagen AG d
235 ksw
agen oes
n ol ot g
yV ua
⇒ “1.4 Component Location Overview - Center
ed
b Console Lamps”, ran
ris
page 236 ut
ho tee
or
sa ac
⇒ “1.5 Component Location Overview
s - Luggage Compartment
ce
le
Lamps”, page 237

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “1.6 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps”,
rm
ab
page 239
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
⇒ “1.7 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Installing”,
h re
page 241
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “1.8 Bulb for Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Replacing”, page
t to the co
242
⇒ “1.9 Left/Right Front Footwell Lamp K268 / K269 , Removing
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.10 Left/Right Front Footwell Illumination Bulb L151 / L152 ,
l purpos

⇒ “1.11 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp K133 , Removing
nform
ercia

m
a
com
ti
⇒ “1.12 Left/Right Front Entry Lamp W31 / W32 , Removing and
on in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
⇒ “1.13 Entry Lamp Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 246
r
rp
cum
fo
⇒ “1.14 Driver/Front Passenger Door Warning Lamp W30 / W36 ,

en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “1.15 Driver/Front Passenger Door Opener Illumination Bulb
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
L108 / L109 , Removing and Installing”, page 246
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.16 Left/Right Front Door Ambient Lighting Bulb 2 L203 /
L204 , Removing and Installing”, page 247
⇒ “1.17 Left/Right Rear Entry Lamp W33 / W34 , Removing and
⇒ “1.18 Left/Right Rear Door Warning Lamp W37 / W38 , Re‐
⇒ “1.19 Selector Lever Transmission Range Position Display Unit
Y26 , Removing and Installing”, page 248
⇒ “1.20 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and In‐
⇒ “1.21 Bulb for Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing
⇒ “1.22 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14 ,
⇒ “1.23 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14
Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 251
⇒ “1.24 Front Interior Lamp W1 Bulb, Removing and Installing”,
page 252
⇒ “1.25 Rear Interior Lamp W43 Bulb, Removing and Installing”,
page 253
232 Rep. Gr.96 - Interior Lights, Switches

⇒ “1.26 Left/Right Rear Reading Lamp W11 / W12 , Removing

⇒ “1.27 Left/Right Rear Interior Lamp W47 / W48 , Replacing”,
page 254
1.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Lamps
1 - Passenger Airbag Indicator

Lamp - K145-
❑ Is removed together
with the Emergency
Flasher Switch - EX3- .
❑ Emergency Flasher
Switch - EX3- removing.
Refer to
⇒ “2.15 Emergency
Flasher Switch EX3 ,
ling”, page 268 .
2 - Glove Compartment Lamp
- W6-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Glove Compart‐
ment Lamp W6 , Re‐
page 241 .
3 - Right Front Footwell Lamp
- K269-
ling. Refer to
Footwell Lamp K268 / lkswage es n
K269 , Removing and d by Vo ot g
ua
Installing”, page 243 .orise ran
te
h eo
ut ra
4 - Left Front Footwell Lamp
ss
a - c
K268-
ce
le
un
pt

an
d
itte
y li
ling. Refer to
rm
ab

pe
ility
ot
Footwell Lamp K268 /

wit
, is n
K269 , Removing and

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lamps 233
1.2 Component Location Overview - Front Door Lamps
1 - Driver Door Opener Illumi‐

nation Bulb - L108-
ling. Refer to agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
⇒ “1.15 Driver/Front olksw not
yV gu
Passenger Door Open‐ rised b ara
nte
er Illumination Bulb ut
ho eo
ra
L108 / L109 , Removing ss a c
and Installing”,
ce
le
un
pt
page 246 .
an
d
itte
y li
2 - Central Locking -Safe- Indi‐
rm
ab
pe
ility
cator Lamp - K133-
ot
wit
, is n
h re
ling. Refer to
hole
spec
⇒ “1.11 Central Locking
es, in part or in w
-Safe- Indicator Lamp
t to the co
K133 , Removing and
rrectness of i
3 - Driver Side Interior Door
Handle Illumination Lamp -
l purpos
L219-
4 - Front Passenger Door
nform
ercia
Opener Illumination Bulb -

m
L109-
a
com
tio
n in
r
te o
ling. Refer to
thi
s
iva
⇒ “1.15 Driver/Front
do
r
rp
c
Passenger Door Open‐
um
fo
er Illumination Bulb
en
ng
t.
yi
L108 / L109 , Removing
Co
Cop py
and Installing”, ht. rig
rig ht
page 246 . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
5 - Right Front Door Ambient Prote AG.
Lighting Bulb 2 - L204-
ling. Refer to
Door Ambient Lighting Bulb 2 L203 / L204 , Removing and Installing”, page 247 .
6 - Passenger Side Interior Door Handle Illumination Lamp - L220-
7 - Door Warning Lamp and Entry Lamp
❑ Driver Door Warning Lamp - W30- / Passenger Side Entry Lamp - W93-
❑ Front Passenger Door Warning Lamp - W36- / Driver Side Entry Lamp - W92-
⇒ “1.14 Driver/Front Passenger Door Warning Lamp W30 / W36 , Removing and Installing”,
page 246 .
8 - Left Front Door Ambient Lighting Bulb 2 - L203-
⇒ “1.16 Left/Right Front Door Ambient Lighting Bulb 2 L203 / L204 , Removing and Installing”,
page 247 .

1.3 Component Location Overview - gRear

en AG. V
oDoor
lkswageLamps
n AG d
wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
1 - Door Warning Lamp and ho
ris nte
eo
Entry Lamp au
t ra
c
ss
❑ Left Rear Door Warning
ce
e
nl
Lamp - W37- / Driver
pt
du
an
itte
Side Rear Entry Lamp -
y li
erm
ab
W83-
ility
ot p
❑ Right Rear Door Warn‐
wit
ing Lamp - W38- / Pas‐ , is n
h re
hole
senger Side Rear Entry
spec
Lamp - W84-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
Door Warning Lamp
W37 / W38 , Removing
l purpos
and Installing”,
page 248 .
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lamps 235
1.4 Component Location Overview - Center Console Lamps
1 - Selector Lever Transmis‐

sion Range Position Display
Unit - Y26-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.19 Selector Lever
Transmission Range
Position Display Unit
Y26 , Removing and In‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
stalling”, page 248 . byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.5 Component Location Overview - Lug‐

gage Compartment Lamps
⇒ “1.5.1 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment
Lamps, Sedan”, page 237
⇒ “1.5.2 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment
Lamps, Wagon”, page 238
1.5.1 Component Location Overview

en AG. V
-olkLuggage
swagen AG Compartment Lamps, Sedan
wag does
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed
1 - Luggage Compartment ris nte
ho eo
Lamp - W3- au
t ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
ling. Refer to
pt
du
an
⇒ “1.20.1 Luggage
itte
y li
erm
Compartment Lamp
ab
ility
W3 , Removing and In‐
ot p
wit
stalling, Sedan”,
, is n
h re
page 248 .
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lamps 237
1.5.2 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Lamps, Wagon
1 - Luggage Compartment
Lamp - W3-
ling. Refer to
Compartment Lamp lkswage es n
W3 , Removing and In‐ d byV
o ot g
ua
stalling, Wagon”, o
ir se
ran
tee
page 249 . auth or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.6 Component Location Overview - Roof

Trim Panel Lamps
⇒ “1.6.1 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps,
Sedan”, page 239
Wagon, without Panorama Roof”, page 240
Wagon, with Panorama Roof”, page 241
1.6.1 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps, Sedan
1 - Driver Vanity Mirror Lamp -

W20-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Removing and instal‐ agen oes
olksw not
V
ling. Refer to d by gu
ara
⇒ “1.22 Driver/Front rise nte
ho eo
Passenger Vanity Mirror s aut ra
c
Lamp W20 / W14 , Re‐ s
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
page 250 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
2 - Rear Interior Lamp - WX2-
ility
ot p
wit
❑ With Left Rear Reading
, is n
h re
Lamp - W11- / Right
hole
Rear Reading Lamp -
spec
es, in part or in w
W12-
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.31 Rear Interior
rrectness of i
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
l purpos
ling”, page 275 .

❑ Bulb for Rear Interior
nf
ercia
o
Lamp - W43- , Remov‐
rm
m
ing and installing. Refer
atio
m
to
o
n in
c

or
thi
e
Lamp W43 Bulb, Re‐

t
sd
iva
moving and Installing”, o

r
rp
cu
page 253 .
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
❑ Bulb for Left Rear Read‐
Co
Cop py
ing Lamp - W11- / Right
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Rear Reading Lamp - p by
co Vo
lksw
W12- , Removing and
by
cted agen
Prote
installing. Refer to
AG.

page 253 .
3 - Front Passenger Vanity Mir‐
ror Lamp - W14-
⇒ “1.22 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14 , Removing and Installing”, page 250 .
4 - Front Interior Lamp - WX1-
❑ With Driver Reading Lamp - W19- and Front Passenger Reading Lamp - W13-
⇒ “2.30 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing”, page 275 .
❑ Bulb for Front Interior Lamp - WX1- , Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.24 Front Interior Lamp W1 Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 252 .
1. Lamps 239
❑ Bulb for Driver Reading Lamp - W19- / Front Passenger Reading Lamp - W13- , Removing and installing.
Refer to ⇒ “1.24 Front Interior Lamp W1 Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 252 .
G. Volkswage
1.6.2 Component Location Overview - Roof TrimolkPanel
swa
gen A Lamps, nWagon,
AG do
es n without
ot g
Panorama Roof y V ua
d b ran
e
ris t ee
tho or
s au ac
s
ce
le
un
W20-
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
ling. Refer to
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Passenger Vanity Mirror
h re
Lamp W20 / W14 , Re‐ hole
spec
es, in part or in w
page 250 .
t to the co
ror Lamp - W14-
rrectness of i
l purpos
ling. Refer to
nform
ercia
Lamp W20 / W14 , Re‐

m
a
com
ti
page 250 .
on in
r
te o
thi
3 - Rear Interior Lamp - WX2-
s
iva
do
❑ With Left Rear Reading
r
rp
cum
Lamp - W11- / Right
fo
en
ng
Rear Reading Lamp -

t.
yi Co
op
W12-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Removing and instal‐ p by
o Vo
by c lksw
ling. Refer to Prote
cted agen
AG.
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
ling”, page 275 .
❑ Bulb for Rear Interior
Lamp - W43- , Remov‐
ing and installing. Refer
to
page 253 .
❑ Bulb for Left Rear Read‐
ing Lamp - W11- / Right Rear Reading Lamp - W12- , Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.25 Rear Interior Lamp W43 Bulb, Removing and Installing”, page 253 .
4 - Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3-
⇒ “1.20.2 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and Installing, Wagon”, page 249 .

lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ho
ir se Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015tee➤
t or
au Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
1.6.3 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps, Wagon, with
du
an
itte
y li
Panorama Roof
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
W20-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
rrectness of i
Lamp W20 / W14 , Re‐
l purpos
page 250 .
nf
ercia
2 - Left Rear Interior Lamp -
or
W47-
m
m
atio
m
o
n in
c
ling. Refer to
or
thi
e

t
sd
iva
Interior Lamp W47 /
o
r
rp
cu
W48 , Replacing”,
o
m
f
en
ng
page 254 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
3 - Luggage Compartment
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Lamp - W3-
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
agen
Prote AG.
ling. Refer to
Compartment Lamp
W3 , Removing and In‐
stalling, Wagon”,
page 249 .
4 - Right Rear Interior Lamp -
W48-
ling. Refer to
Interior Lamp W47 /
W48 , Replacing”,
page 254 .
ror Lamp - W14-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.22 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 / W14 , Removing and Installing”, page 250 .
1.7 Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- , Re‐

For a Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- the lamp must be replaced
if there is a faulty LED
1. Lamps 241
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ wagen AG. Volkswagen AG doe
olks s no
Electrical Equipment - Edition b12.2015
yV t gu
ara
ed nte
oris
Removing au
th e or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Push the retaining tab -1- with a flat-head screwdriver and pry
ility
ot p
up the glove compartment lamp -2-.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
Installing
t to the co
the following:
rrectne
– Insert the glove compartment lamp into the opening and en‐
gage on the opposite side.
ss o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
m
1.8 Bulb for Glove Compartment Lamp -

o
n
c
i
or
n
W6- , Replacing
thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
c
For a Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- the lamp must be replaced
um
r
fo
en
if there is a faulty LED
ng
t.
yi Co
op py
Removing t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the Glove Compartment Lamp - W6- . Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 241 .
– Pry up the heat shield -2- when necessary on both sides ar‐
rows -A-.
– Remove the heat shield -2- from the Glove Compartment
Lamp - W6- -1-.
– Remove the bulb -1- from the bulb socket -2- on the back of
the glove compartment lamp.
Installing

1.9 Left/Right Front Footwell Lamp -K268- /

-K269- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “1.9.1 Left Front Footwell Lamp K268 , Removing and Instal‐
ling, Driver Side”, page 243
⇒ “1.9.2 Right Front Footwell Lamp K269 , Removing and Instal‐
ling, Front Passenger Side”, page 243
1.9.1 Left Front Footwell Lamp - K268- , Re‐

moving and Installing, Driver Side
For a footwell lamp the lamp must be replaced if there is a faulty
LED.
Removing
– Press the retaining tab -1- in the area of the -arrow A- with a
flat-head screwdriver.
– Pry up the footwell lamp -2-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
1.9.2 Right Front Footwell Lamp - K269- , Re‐ ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
moving and Installing, Front Passenger s a c
s
ce
e
Side
nl
pt
du
an
itte
For a footwell lamp the lamp must be replaced if there is a faulty y li

erm
ab
LED. ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Removing
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

– Press the retaining tab -1- in the area of the -arrow A- with a
rrectness of i
flat-head screwdriver.
– Pry up the footwell lamp -2-.
l purpos

nf
ercia
Installing
rm
m
atio
m

o
n in
or c

thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lamps 243
kswage es n
1.10 Left/Right Front Footwell Illumination ol ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
Bulb -L151- / -L152- , Removing and In‐ utho tee
or
stalling
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
For a front footwell lamp the lamp must be replaced if there is a
an
d
itte
y li
faulty LED.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
– Remove the Left/Right Front Footwell Lamp -K268- / -K269- .
Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Left/Right Front Footwell Lamp K268 / K269 , Removing
rrectne
– Pry up the heat shield -2- when necessary on both sides ar‐
ss o
rows -A-.
cial p
f inform
– Remove the heat shield -2- from the footwell lamp -1-.
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the bulb -1- from the bulb socket -2- on the back of
the glove compartment lamp.
Installing
1.11 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp -

K133- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Front Door Trim Panel,

– Press the tabs -arrows- and remove the Central Locking -Safe-
Indicator Lamp - K133- -1- from the door trim panel.
– Release and disconnect the connector -1- from the Central

Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp - K133- -2-.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
1.12 Left/Right Front Entry Lamp -W31- / -
ss a ra
c
W32- , Removing and Installing
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li

erm
ab
ility
ot p
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

wit
, is n
h re
Removal and installation for all entry lamps is performed in the

hole
same way and is only described for one lamp.

spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
♦ Left Front Entry Lamp - W31-

♦ Right Front Entry Lamp - W32-
rrectness of i
♦ Left Rear Entry Lamp - W33-

l purpos
♦ Right Rear Entry Lamp - W34-

Check the entry lamps using the output diagnostic test mode on
nform
ercia
each door control module.

m
at
om
io
Caution
n
c
in t
or
his
ate

do
priv
cum
or

f
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
Removing cted agen
Prote AG.

– Pry out the lamp carefully using -3409- or a screwdriver.
1. Lamps 245
– Disconnect the connector and remove the lamp.

Installing
1.13 Entry Lamp Bulb, Removing and Instal‐

ling
Removing
– Remove the front entry lamp. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Left/Right Front Entry Lamp W31 / W32 , Removing
– Pry the diffusion lens carefully out of the housing in direction
of -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
– Remove the bulb -1- straight out of the socket. s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
Installing
an
itte
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
1.14 Driver/Front Passenger Door Warning

nform
ercia
Lamp -W30- / -W36- , Removing and In‐

m
stalling
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
The door warning lamp and the entry lamp make up one compo‐
his
te
nent. The can be remove and installed together.

a
do
priv
cum
or
– Entry Lamp, Removing and installing. Refer to

f
en
ng
t.
⇒ “1.12 Left/Right Front Entry Lamp W31 / W32 , Removing op
yi Co
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
1.15 Driver/Front Passenger Door Opener Il‐
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
lumination Bulb -L108- / -L109- , Re‐
AG.


Caution
There is a risk of damaging the fiber-optic cable.

♦ Only touch the fiber-optic cable on the light fittings in the
area of the interior door mechanism.
Removing
Finger Position on the Fiber-Optic Cable
1 - Fiber-optic cable
A - Index and middle fingers
B - Thumb
– Disengage the fiber-optic cable on the front bracket -1- in the
direction of the arrow -A-.
– Carefully lift the fiber-optic cable -3- in the direction of the ar‐
row -B- and pivot from the interior door mechanism -4-.
– Remove the fiber-optic cable from the mount -2-.

Installing
– Perform a function test. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
1.16 Left/Right Front Door Ambient Lighting

is n
h re
ole,
Bulb 2 - L203- / -L204- , Removing and

spec
Installing
t to the co
The Left Front Door Ambient Lighting Bulb 2 - L203- and the Right
Front Door Ambient Lighting Bulb 2 - L204- are integrated in the
rrectne
door trim panel decorative strip and cannot be replaced individu‐

ally.
ss
– Remove the front door trim panel decorative strip. Refer to ⇒

o
cial p
f i
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Front Door Trim Panels; Overview

nform
- Front Door Trim Panel .

mer
atio
m
1.17 Left/Right Rear Entry Lamp -W33- / -

o
n
c
i
or

thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
Removal and installation for all entry lamps is performed in the

um
r
fo
en
same way and is only described for one lamp.

ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lamps 247

1.18 Left/Right Rear Door Warning Lamp -

W37- / -W38- , Removing and Installing
The door warning lamp and the entry lamp make up one compo‐
nent. The can be remove and installed together.
1.19 Selector Lever Transmission Range Po‐

sition Display Unit - Y26- , Removing
and Installing
The Selector Lever Transmission Range Position Display Unit -
Y26- -1- is integrated in the selector lever boot and cannot be
replaced individually.
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment. agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
– Remove the ignition key, if equipped. rised
nte
ho eo
ut
– Remove the selector lever boot. Refer to ⇒
ss a Rep. Gr. 34 ; ra
c
Selector Mechanism; Selector Lever Handle, Removing and
ce
e
nl
Installing .
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Installing
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
1.20 Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- ,
rrectness of i
⇒ “1.20.1 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and In‐
stalling, Sedan”, page 248
l purpos
⇒ “1.20.2 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and In‐

stalling, Wagon”, page 249
nf
ercia
orm
1.20.1 Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- ,

m
atio
om
n in
Removing and Installing, Sedan

or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Caution
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Risk of damaging the component surfaces. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
adhesive tape over the component in the visible area. cted agen
Prote AG.
Removing

– Push the retaining tab -1- with a flat-head screwdriver and pry
up the Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- -2-.
Installing
the following:
– Insert the luggage compartment lamp into the opening and
engage on the opposite side.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
1.20.2 Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- ,
d ran
ir se tee
tho
Removing and Installing, Wagon
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
Removing
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
Caution
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
– Push the Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- -1- in the direc‐
tion of the -arrow A- with a flat-head screwdriver.
l purpos
– Fold the Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- in the direction

of the -arrow B- out of the roof trim panel.
nf
ercia
or

m
m
atio
om
Installing
n in
or c
thi
e

t
sd
iva
the following:
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
– Insert the luggage compartment lamp into the opening and

t.
yi Co
engage on the opposite side. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Perform a function test. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1.21 Bulb for Luggage Compartment Lamp -

⇒ “1.21.1 Bulb for Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing
⇒ “1.21.2 Bulb for Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing
1.21.1 Bulb for Luggage Compartment Lamp -

W3- , Removing and Installing, Sedan
Removing
– Remove the Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- . Refer to
⇒ “1.20.1 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and
Installing, Sedan”, page 248 .
1. Lamps 249
– Pry up the heat shield -2- when necessary on both sides at

both arrows -A-.
– Remove the heat shield -2- from the Luggage Compartment
Lamp - W3- -1-.
– Push the contact plate -1- for the lamp in the direction of
-arrow-. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the tubular bulb -2- out of the bulb socket.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Installing
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
m
1.21.2 Bulb for Luggage Compartment Lamp -

o
n in
or c
W3- , Removing and Installing, Wagon
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Removing
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Remove the Luggage Compartment Lamp - W3- . Refer to
Co
op py
⇒ “1.20.2 Luggage Compartment Lamp W3 , Removing and
. C rig
ht ht
rig
Installing, Wagon”, page 249 . py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Push the contact plate -1- for the lamp in the direction of Prote AG.
-arrow-.
Installing
1.22 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror

Lamp -W20- / -W14- , Removing and In‐
stalling
For the vanity mirror illumination the lamp must be completely
replaced if there is a faulty LED.

Caution

Removing
– Swivel the sun visor forward.
– Pry out the vanity mirror illumination -1- at the cut-out
-arrow B- using a flat-blade screwdriver.
– Disengage the connector and disconnect. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Installing d by ara
rise nte
ho eo
Install in the reverse order of removal while apaying
ut attention to ra
c
the following: ss
ce
le
un
pt
– Insert the vanity mirror lamp into the opening and latch it on
an
d
itte
y li
the opposite side.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
1.23 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Lamp -W20- / -W14- Bulb, Removing
and Installing
rrectness of i
For the vanity mirror illumination the lamp must be completely
l purpos
replaced if there is a faulty LED.

Removing
nform
ercia
– Remove the illuminated vanity mirror. Refer to

m
a
⇒ “1.22 Driver/Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp W20 /
com
tion in
W14 , Removing and Installing”, page 250 .
r
te o
thi
– Push the contact plate -1- for the lamp in the direction of
s
iva
do
r
-arrow-.
rp
cum
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Installing opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lamps 251
1.24 Front Interior Lamp - W1- Bulb, Remov‐

ing and Installing
⇒ “1.24.1 Front Interior Lamp W1 Bulb, Removing and Installing,
LED”, page 252
⇒ “1.24.2 Front Interior Lamp W1 Bulb, Removing and Installing,
with Bulbs”, page 252
1.24.1 Front Interior Lamp - W1- Bulb, Remov‐

ing and Installing, LED
The bulb for the Front Interior Lamp - WX1- and the bulb for the
Driver Reading Lamp - W19- / Front Passenger Reading Lamp -
W13- are the same component.
If the Front Interior Lamp - WX1- and Driver Reading Lamp -
W19- / Front Passenger Reading Lamp - W13- is faulty, the
diffusion lens must be replaced.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Caution olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Risk of damaging the component asurfaces.
ho eo
ut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pry the diffusion lens in the marked areas -arrows- using the
-3409- from the Front Interior Lamp - W1- .
rrectness of i
– Release and disconnect the connectors.

l purpos
Installing
nform
ercia

m
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
1.24.2 Front Interior Lamp - W1- Bulb, Remov‐ C py
ht. rig
rig ht
ing and Installing, with Bulbs
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The bulb for the Front Interior Lamp - WX1- and the bulb for the
Driver Reading Lamp - W19- / Front Passenger Reading Lamp -
W13- are the same component.

lkswage es n
Vo ot g
by ua
ed ran
Caution horis tee
ut or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
Removing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
-3409- from the Front Interior Lamp - W1- .
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
– Remove the bulb -1- in the direction of the -arrow A- from the pyri by
Vo
co
bulb socket.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
the following:
Caution
There is a risk of damaging the bulb.

1.25 Rear Interior Lamp - W43- Bulb, Remov‐

ing and Installing
⇒ “1.25.1 Rear Interior Lamp W43 Bulb, Removing and Installing,
with Bulbs”, page 253
⇒ “1.25.2 Rear Interior Lamp W43 Bulb, Removing and Installing,
LED”, page 254
1.25.1 Rear Interior Lamp - W43- Bulb, Remov‐

ing and Installing, with Bulbs
The Rear Interior Lamp - W43- bulb and the Left Rear Reading
Lamp - W11- and Right Rear Reading Lamp - W12- bulb are one
component.
1. Lamps 253
Removing
– Pry up the diffusion lens -3- for the Rear Interior Lamp - W43-
using the -3409- .
– Remove the bulb -1- in the direction of the -arrow A- from the
bulb socket -2-.
Installing
the following:
Caution AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
There is a risk of damaging the bulb. rise
d b ara
nte
tho eo
♦ Do not touch glass cone of bulb with bare fingers.s a Fingers
u ra
c
will leave traces of grease on the glass which, swhen the
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
1.25.2 Rear Interior Lamp - W43- Bulb, Remov‐
t to the co
ing and Installing, LED
rrectness of i
The Rear Interior Lamp - W43- bulb and the Left Rear Reading
Lamp - W11- and Right Rear Reading Lamp - W12- bulb are one
l purpos
component.
The entire interior lamp must be replaced if the Rear Interior Lamp
nf
ercia
- W43- is faulty.
orm
m
atio
– Rear Interior Lamp - W43- removing and installing. Refer to
om
n in
⇒ “2.31 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r

rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
1.26 Left/Right Rear Reading Lamp -W11- / -
yi Co
Cop py

t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
The Left Rear Reading Lamp - W11- bulb and the Rear Interior cted agen
Prote AG.
Lamp - W43- bulb are the same component.
– Left Rear Reading Lamp - W11- / Right Rear Reading Lamp -
W12- bulb removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.25 Rear Interior Lamp W43 Bulb, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 253 .
1.27 Left/Right Rear Interior Lamp -W47- / -

W48- , Replacing

Note
The entire interior lamp must be replaced if there is a defective

bulb in the Left Rear Interior Lamp - W47- / Right Rear Interior
Lamp - W48- .
Removing
– Remove the headliner. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Roof Trim Panels; Headliner, Removing and Installing .
– Handle the headliner carefully and lay it on a clean surface.
– If equipped, remove adhesive on the catches -1- with a suita‐
ble tool.
– Press the catches -1- and tilt the interior lamp out of the bracket
-2-.
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
– Also use a -3409- , if necessary, to pry the lamp -1- out of the
h re
ole,
bracket -arrow-.
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Lamps 255
– Unclip the interior lamp -1- at the pivot points -arrow- on both
sides of the lamp out of the bracket -2- using the -3409- .
– Disconnect the connector from the interior lamp.
Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
d byV
o
Golf
ot g
u2015
ara ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤
ho
ir se Electrical Equipment
nte
eo - Edition 12.2015
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls 257
. Volkswagen AG
swa
gen AG does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
2 Controls
e nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
⇒ “2.1 Component Location ss
Overview - Instrument Panel Con‐
ce
le
trols”, page 259
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors”, erm
ab
page 260
ility
ot p
wit
is n
⇒ “2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors”,
h re
page 261
ole,
spec
⇒ “2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center Con‐
t to the co
sole”, page 262
⇒ “2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Luggage
Compartment”, page 263
rrectne
⇒ “2.6 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim
s
Panel”, page 264
s o
cial p
f i
⇒ “2.7 Rotary Light Switch EX1 , Removing and Installing”, page
nform
265
mer
atio
m
⇒ “2.8 Headlamp Range Control Adjuster E102 , Removing and

o
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
⇒ “2.9 Driving Profile Selection Button E735 , Removing and In‐

i
o
pr
c
um
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “2.10 Start/Stop Mode Button E693 , Removing and Installing”,
Co
Cop py
page 266
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
⇒ “2.11 ASR/ESP Button E256 , Removing and Installing”, page
c by lksw
cted agen
266 Prote AG.
⇒ “2.12 Parking Aid Button E266 , Removing and Installing”, page

266
⇒ “2.13 Parallel Parking Assistance Button E581 , Removing and
⇒ “2.14 Center Console Switch Module 1 and 2 EX23 / EX30 ,
⇒ “2.15 Emergency Flasher Switch EX3 , Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 268
⇒ “2.16 Left/Right Seat Heating Button E653 / E654 , Removing
⇒ “2.17 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch E26 , Removing and
⇒ “2.18 Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster EX11 , Removing and
⇒ “2.19 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Re‐
⇒ “2.20 Front Passenger Power Window Button E716 , Removing
⇒ “2.21 Driver Interior Locking Button E308 , Removing and In‐
⇒ “2.22 Interior Monitoring And Vehicle Inclination Deactivation
Button E616 , Removing and Installing”, page 272
⇒ “2.23 Driver and Front Passenger Door Contact Switch F2 / F3 ,
⇒ “2.24 Driver and Passenger Side Rear Power Window Button
E711 / E713 , Removing and Installing”, page 273
⇒ “2.25 Left/Right Rear Door Contact Switch F10 / F11 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 273

⇒ “2.26 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing”,

page 273
⇒ “2.27 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and Installing”, page
274
⇒ “2.28 Driver and Front Passenger Vanity Mirror Lamp Contact
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Switch F147 / F148 , Removing
ksw
agen and Installing”, opage
es n 274
ol ot g
yV u
⇒ “2.29 SunroofiseButton
db E325 , Removing and Installing”,
ara
nte
page 274 uthor eo
ra
sa c
⇒ “2.30 Front
s Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐
ce
le

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
⇒ “2.31 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Instal‐
rm
ab
ling”, page 275
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
⇒ “2.32 Left/Right Front Reading Lamp Button E633 / E634 , Re‐
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
2.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Controls
t to the co
1 - Emergency Flasher Switch
rrectness of i
- EX3-
l purpos

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.15 Emergency
nform
ercia
Flasher Switch EX3 ,

m

a
com
ti
ling”, page 268 .
on in
r
te o
thi
2 - Glove Compartment Lamp

s
iva
do
Switch - E26-
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
ling. Refer to
yi Co
op
⇒ “2.17 Glove Compart‐
C py
t. rig
gh
ment Lamp Switch E26 ,
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
ling”, page 269 . Prote AG.
3 - Front Passenger Airbag De‐

activation Key Switch - E224-
Interior; Rep. Gr. 69 ;
Front Passenger Air‐
bag; Front Passenger
Airbag Deactivation Key
Switch, Removing and
Installing .
4 - Right Seat Heating Button -
E654-
❑ Integrated in the display
control head:
♦ Heater Control Module -
J65- or
♦ A/C Control Module - J301-
or
♦ Climatronic Control Module
- J255-
❑ Cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
❑ Heater Control Module - J65- / A/C Control Module - J301- / Climatronic Control Module - J255- removing
and installing. Refer to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Component Location
Overview - Display And Control Unit .
2. Controls 259
5 - Left Seat Heating Button - E653-

❑ Integrated in the display control head:
♦ Heater Control Module - J65- or
♦ A/C Control Module - J301- or
♦ Climatronic Control Module - J255-
❑ Cannot be replaced separately if faulty.
❑ Heater Control Module - J65- / A/C Control Module - J301- / Climatronic Control Module - J255- removing
and installing. Refer to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr. 87 ; Component Location
Overview - Display And Control Unit .
6 - Headlamp Range Control Adjuster - E102-
⇒ “2.8 Headlamp Range Control Adjuster E102 , Removing and Installing”,
gen AG page 265n A. G d
. Volkswage
wa oes
olks not
7 - Rotary Light Switch - EX1- db
yV gu
ara
ir se nte
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ho eo
ut
⇒ “2.7 Rotary Light Switch EX1 , Removing and Installing”,
ss
a page 265 . ra
c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
2.2 Component Location Overview - Controls in Front Doors
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
1 - Driver Interior Locking But‐
hole
spec
ton - E308-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.21 Driver Interior
Locking Button E308 ,
rrectness of i
l purpos
ling”, page 271 .

2 - Exterior Rearview Mirror
nform
ercia
Adjuster - EX11-
m
a
com
t
ling. Refer to
ion in
⇒ “2.18 Exterior Rear‐
r
te o
thi
view Mirror Adjuster
s
iva
do
EX11 , Removing and
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
3 - Front Passenger Power Cop py
Window Button - E716-
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
ling. Refer to
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “2.20 Front Passen‐
ger Power Window But‐
ton E716 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 271 .
4 - Power Window Control
Head In Driver Door - E512-
❑ With:
♦ Driver Power Window But‐
ton - E710-
♦ Front Passenger Power
♦ Driver Side Rear Power
♦ Passenger Side Rear Pow‐
er Window Button - E713-

♦ Child Safety Lock Button - E318-

⇒ “2.19 Power Window Control Head in Driver Door E512 , Removing and Installing”, page 270 .
No Illustration
♦ Interior Monitoring and Vehicle Inclination Deactivation Button
- E616- . Refer to
⇒ “2.22 Interior Monitoring And Vehicle Inclination Deactiva‐
tion Button E616 , Removing and Installing”, page 272 .
♦ Driver Door Contact Switch - F2- and Front Passenger Door
Contact Switch - F3- . Refer to
⇒ “2.23 Driver and Front Passenger Door Contact Switch F2 /
F3 , Removing and Installing”, page 273 .
2.3 Component Location Overview - Controls in Rear Doors
1 - Driver Side Rear Power

ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.24 Driver and Pas‐
senger Side Rear Pow‐
er Window Button
E711 / E713 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 273 .
2 - Passenger Side Rear Pow‐
er Window Button - E713-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.24 Driver and Pas‐
senger Side Rear Pow‐ n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
er Window Button byV
olk ot g
ua
E711 / E713 , Removing ir se
d ran
tee
and Installing”, utho
or
page 273 . ss
a ac
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
va
No Illustration
i
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
♦ Left Rear Door Contact Switch - F10- and Right Rear Door
ng
t.
yi Co
Contact Switch - F11- . Refer to Cop py
⇒ “2.25 Left/Right Rear Door Contact Switch F10 / F11 , Re‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
moving and Installing”, page 273 . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls 261
2.4 Component Location Overview - Controls in Center Console

ling. Refer to
and Installing”,
page 273 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
2 - Center Console Switch agen oes
olksw not
Module 2 - EX30- d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
r
♦ Parking Aid Button - E266- ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
♦ Parallel Parking Assistance
ce
e
nl
Button - E581-
pt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ The individual buttons
erm
ab
are installed in the
ility
ot p
switch module and can‐
wit
, is n
not be replaced sepa‐
h re
rately.
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.14 Center Console
Switch Module 1 and 2
rrectness of i
EX23 / EX30 , Remov‐
l purpos
267 .
3 - Center Console Switch
nf
ercia
Module 1 - EX23-
orm
m
atio
♦ ASR/ESP Button - E256-
om
n in
or c
♦ Driving Program Button -

thi
te
E598-
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
♦ Start/Stop Mode Button -

o
m
f
en
ng
E693-
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ The individual buttons
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
are installed in the p by
o Vo
by c
switch module and can‐
lksw
cted agen
Prote
not be replaced sepa‐
AG.
rately.
⇒ “2.14 Center Console Switch Module 1 and 2 EX23 / EX30 , Removing and Installing”, page 267 .

2.5 Component Location Overview - Controls in Luggage Compartment
1 - Rear Lid Contact Switch

❑ Rear Lid Alarm Switch -
F123-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.27 Rear Lid Con‐
tact Switch, Removing
and Installing”,
page 274 .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls 263
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ olksw
.V agen AG
Electrical Equipment - Edition gen AG
a12.2015 does
lksw n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
2.6 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim Panel tho
ris tee
or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl
1 - Driver Vanity Mirror Lamp
pt
du
an
itte
Contact Switch - F147-
y li
erm
ab
❑ Cannot be replaced
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
ling. Refer to
spec
es, in part or in w
⇒ “2.28 Driver and Front
t to the co
Lamp Contact Switch
F147 / F148 , Removing
rrectness of i
and Installing”,
page 274 .
l purpos
2 - Rear Interior Lamp - W43-

Button
nf
ercia
o
❑ In the Rear Interior
rm
m
atio
Lamp - WX2-
om
n in
c

or
thi
ling. Refer to
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
Lamp/Reading Lamp,
o
m
f
en
ng

t.
yi Co
ling”, page 275 . Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
3 - Front Passenger Vanity Mir‐ p by
o Vo
by c lksw
ror Lamp Contact Switch - Prote
cted agen
F148-
AG.
❑ Cannot be replaced
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.28 Driver and Front
Lamp Contact Switch
F147 / F148 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 274 .
4 - Rear Interior Lamp - W43-
Button
❑ In the Front Interior Lamp - WX1-
5 - Right Front Reading Lamp Button - E634-
⇒ “2.32 Left/Right Front Reading Lamp Button E633 / E634 , Removing and Installing”, page 277 .
6 - Left Front Reading Lamp Button - E633-
⇒ “2.32 Left/Right Front Reading Lamp Button E633 / E634 , Removing and Installing”, page 277 .
7 - Front Interior Lamp - W1- Button
8 - Sunroof Button - E325-
❑ Bolt: 1 Nm

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.29 Sunroof Button E325 , Removing and Installing”, page 274 .
2.7 Rotary Light Switch - EX1- , Removing

and Installing
Removing
– Push in the Rotary Light Switch - EX1- rotary
. Volkshandle -1- op‐
wagen AG
gen AG
posite the direction of the -arrow olksA-
waand turn in the direction
does of
not
the -arrow B-. ed by V gu
ara
ris nte
– Hold the rotary handle
au
tho-1- in this position. eo
ra
ss c
– Remove the entire Rotary Light Switch - EX1- in the direction
ce
le
un
of the -arrow A- from the instrument panel.
pt
an
d
itte
y li
– Disconnect the connectors -arrow A-.
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the Rotary Light Switch - EX1- -1-.
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
the following:
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
– Tighten the Rotary Light Switch - EX1- and push in the light C py
t. rig
switch rotary handle in direction of -arrow 1- and at the same
gh ht
pyri by
time turn right in direction of - arrow 2-.
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Hold the rotary handle in this position and install the Rotary
Light Switch - EX1- in the instrument panel -3-.
– Turn the rotary handle to “0” to lock the switch in the instrument
panel.
2.8 Headlamp Range Control Adjuster -

E102- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the Rotary Light Switch - EX1- . Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Rotary Light Switch EX1 , Removing and Installing”,
page 265 .
2. Controls 265

– Remove the trim -2- using the Headlamp Range Control Ad‐
juster - E102- from the instrument panel.
– Push the catches on the Headlamp Range Control Adjuster -

E102- -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-.
– Push the Headlamp Range Control Adjuster - E102- -1-.
Installing
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
2.9 Driving Profile Selection Button - E735- , tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
Removing and installing. Refer to

itte
y li
erm

ab
ility

ot p
wit
, is n
2.10 Start/Stop Mode Button - E693- , Re‐

h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
2.11 ASR/ESP Button - E256- , Removing

l purpos
and Installing
nform
ercia

m

at
om
io

n
c
in t
or
his
e
2.12 Parking Aid Button - E266- , Removing

at
do
riv
and Installing
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
2.13 Parallel Parking Assistance Button -
Prote AG.


2.14 Center Console Switch Module 1 and 2

-EX23- / -EX30- , Removing and Instal‐
ling
The following buttons are installed on the left and right sides of
the selector lever, depending on the vehicle equipment, in two
button modules. The same procedure is used to remove and in‐
stall the following components. The procedure is only described
for one button module. A removed button module cannot be dis‐
assembled.
Center Console Switch Module 1 - EX23-
♦ Driving Profile Selection Button - E735-
♦ Start/Stop Mode Button - E693-
♦ ASR/ESP Button - E256-
Center Console Switch Module 2 - EX30-
♦ Parking Aid Button - E266-
♦ Parallel Parking Assistance Button - E581-
Caution

adhesive tape over the component in the visible area. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or
Removing aut
h eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d

itte
y li
rm
ab
– Remove the selector lever boot. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 34 ;
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
Installing .
h re
hole
spec
– Pry the trim -1- up using the -3409- .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls 267
– Lift the driver side button module -1- or the front passenger
side button module -2- upward from the center console.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Release and disconnect the connector
Vol
-1-.
ksw
a
not
by gu
ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
– Remove the button module -2-.
t to the co
Installing
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
2.15 Emergency Flasher Switch - EX3- , Re‐

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Removing
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Grasp the Front Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp
- K145- -1- at the side -A arrows- and remove from the instru‐
ment panel.
– Loosen the catches -1-.
– Push the Emergency Flasher Switch - EX3- -2- out of the Front
Passenger Airbag -Disabled- Indicator Lamp - K145- in the
direction of the -arrow A-.
Installing

2.16 Left/Right Seat Heating Button -E653- /

-E654- , Removing and Installing
The seat heating buttons are integrated in the Heater Control
Module - J65- / A/C Control Module - J301- / Climatronic Control
Module - J255- display control head. Components cannot be re‐
placed separately if faulty.
– Heater Control Module - J65- / A/C Control Module - J301- /
Climatronic Control Module - J255- removing and installing.
Refer to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning; Rep.
Gr. 87 ; Component Location Overview - Display And Control
Unit .
2.17 Glove Compartment Lamp Switch -

Removing
– Open the glove compartment.
– Push the left and right glove compartment stop -1- in the up‐
ward direction of the -arrow-.
– Open the glove compartment lid -2-.
– Open the glove compartment lid completely in the direction of. Volkswage
AG
the -arrow B- so that the steering rack -2- is removed from
ksw
agen the
n AG d
oes
not
l
damper -1-. by Vo gu
a
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
– Remove the Glove Compartment Lamp Switch - E26- in the
, is n
h re
damper -1- from the mount in the direction of the -arrow A-.
hole
spec
Installing
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
2.18 Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster -

te o
thi
s
iva
do
EX11- , Removing and Installing

r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
Caution C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls 269
Removing
– Carefully release the retainers using a small screwdriver
-arrows-.
– Remove the Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster - EX11- -1-
from the exterior rearview mirror adjuster trim -2-.
– If necessity remove the Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- .
Refer to
⇒ “2.21 Driver Interior Locking Button E308 , Removing and
Installing
the following:
– If necessity install the Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- .
Refer to lkswagen AG
⇒ “2.21 Driver Interior Locking Button n AG. V,oRemoving
ageE308 dand
oes
lksw not
Installing”, page 271 . by Vo gu
a d ran
ise
– Perform a function test.uthor tee
or
a ac
ss
2.19 Power Window Control Head in Driver ce
le
un
pt
an
d
Door - E512- , Removing and Installing

itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
Removing
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec

es, in part or in w
t to the co

rrectness of i
– Push the catches on the trim -1- for the Power Window Control
l purpos
Head in Driver Door - E512- in the direction of the -arrow A-.

– Remove the trim -1- for the Power Window Control Head in
nform
ercia
Driver Door - E512- in the direction of the -arrow B- from the

m
door trim panel.

a
com
tion in
– Release the hook -3- on both sides with a small screwdriver.

r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the Power Window Control Head in Driver Door -

E512- -2- from the trim -1-.
Installing
2.20 Front Passenger Power Window Button

- E716- , Removing and Installing
Removing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removing and Installing . olkswagen oes
no
V t gu
by
– Release the hook in the direction
ris of the -arrow A- with a small
ed
ara
nte
screwdriver. ut
ho eo
ra
sa c
– Release the mounting tab
s
-2- in the direction of the
ce
e
nl
-arrow B-.
pt
du
an
itte
y li
– Remove the window regulator switch -3- from the switch
erm
ab
mount and remove it to the rear.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
Installing spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
r
2.21 Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- ,

o
his
ate
do

priv
cum
for
en
g
Removing
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Remove the Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster - EX11- . Refer
to
⇒ “2.18 Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster EX11 , Removing
– Release the retainers -arrows-.
2. Controls 271
– Remove the Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- -1- from the
Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster - EX11- -2- trim.
Installing
the following:
– The Driver Interior Locking Button - E308- must engage audi‐
bly in the trim for the Exterior Rearview Mirror Adjuster -
EX11- .
2.22 Interior Monitoring And Vehicle Inclina‐

tion Deactivation Button - E616- , Re‐
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Caution d byV
o gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
Risk of damaging the component surfaces. s aut ra
c
s
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Pry out the Interior Monitoring and Vehicle Inclination Deacti‐
vation Button - E616- -1- using the -3409- or a screwdriver at
rrectness of i
the lower edge.
l purpos
– Remove the button from the B-pillar trim panel.

nform
ercia
Installing
m
at
om
i
on
c
in t
or

his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.23 Driver and Front Passenger Door Con‐

tact Switch - F2- / -F3- , Removing and
Installing
The door contact switch is installed in the door lock and cannot
be replaced individually when faulty.
– Removing and installing the front door lock. Refer to ⇒ Body
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 57 ; Door Components; Door Lock, Re‐
2.24 Driver and Passenger Side Rear Power

Window Button -E711- / -E713- , Re‐
Removing
– Remove the rear door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Rear Door Trim Panels; Rear Door Trim Panel,
– Release the hook in the direction of the -arrow A- with a small
screwdriver. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
a does
lksw not
– Release the mounting tab -2- in the direction
db
y V of the
o gu
ara
-arrow B-. o
ir se nte
h eo
ut ra
– Remove the window regulator switch
ss
a -3- from the switch c
mount and remove it to the rear.
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
Installing ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
Install in reverse order of removal. h re

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
ercia
2.25 Left/Right Rear Door Contact Switch -

m
F10- / -F11- , Removing and Installing

at
om
ion
c
in t
or
The door contact switch is installed in the door lock and cannot
his
ate
be replaced individually when faulty.

do
priv
cum
or
– Removing and installing the rear door lock. Refer to ⇒ Body

f
en
ng
t.
Exterior; Rep. Gr. 58 ; Door Components; Door Lock, Re‐
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
2.26 Start System Button - E378- , Removing
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
and Installing
AG.
Removing
2. Controls 273
– Remove the selector lever boot. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 34 ;

Installing .
– Remove the Start System Button - E378- -1- from below out
of the center console -2-. The clips are opened at the same
time.
Installing
2.27 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and

Installing
The rear lid contact switch is installed in the rear lid latch and
cannot be replaced separately.
– Rear Lid Latch, Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Body Ex‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 55 ; Rear Lid; Lid Latch, Removing and
Installing .
2.28 Driver and Front Passenger Vanity Mir‐

ror Lamp Contact Switch - F147- / -
F148- , Removing and Installing
The vanity mirror contact switch is installed in the sun visor mount
and cannot be replaced separately if faulty.AG. Volkswagen A
gen G do
swa es
– Sun Visor, removing and installing.
by
Vol
k
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
not
gu
Rep. Gr. 68 ; Equipment;risSun
ed Visor, Removing and Installing .
ara
nte
tho eo
2.29 Sunroof Button - E325- , Removing and au ra
ss c
ce
Installing
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
Removing
erm
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n
h re

hole
spec
– Remove the Front Interior Lamp - WX1- . Refer to

es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.30 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and In‐

rrectness of i
– Remove the button -1- from the interior lamp.

l purpos
Installing
nf
ercia

orm
m
atio

om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
♦ Refer to
o
r
rp
cu
⇒ “2.6 Component Location Overview - Controls in Roof Trim

o
m
f
en
ng
Panel”, page 264

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.30 Front Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Re‐

The switch module is a component of the Front Interior Lamp -
WX1- and cannot be removed separately.
Removing
– Remove the mirror base cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 68 ; Rearview Mirror; Overview - Rearview Mirror .
-3409- from the Front Interior Lamp - WX1- .
Only Front Interior Lamp - WX1- with LED-Technology
All Versions
– Push the catches in the direction of the -arrow A- and remove
the Front Interior Lamp - WX1- .

Installing
the following:
– Install the Front Interior Lamp - WX1- ginenthe
AG.roof
Volksopening.
wagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
– Install the diffusion lens in thed bFront
yV Interior Lamp - WX1- . gu
ara
e nte
ris
– Perform a function test.utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
2.31 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Re‐

ility
ot p
wit
, is n

h re
hole
spec
The button is a permanent component of the Rear Interior Lamp

es, in part or in w
- WX2- and cannot be removed separately.

t to the co
Caution
rrectness of i

l purpos

nf

ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
c
The Rear Interior Lamp - WX2- is held in place by a dual-stage

or
thi
locking mechanism.
te
sd
iva
o
r
Removing
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
– Turn off the ignition and all electrical equipment. Cop
yi Co
py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
275
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls

– Pry the diffusion lens -1- with a narrow screwdriver in the di‐
rection of the -arrow A-.
– Remove the diffusion lens -1- from the Rear Interior Lamp -
WX2- -2-.
– Release the catches -2- with a narrow screwdriver in the di‐
rection of the -arrow A-.
– Push the locking mechanism -1- in the direction of the

-arrow B-.
kswage es n
– Remove the Rear Interior Lamp - WX2- -1- out of by Vthe roof
ol ot g
ua
opening in the direction of the -arrow A-. ir se
d ran
tee
tho
or
– Release the connector safety catch in the
ss
au
direction of the ac
-arrow B- and disconnect the connector in the direction of the
ce
e
nl
-arrow C-.
pt
du
an
itte
Installing y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Install in the reverse order of removal while paying attention to wit

, is n
the following: h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Note
The connector must point in the direction of travel/

rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
io
– Push the locking mechanism -1- opposite the direction of the

n
c
in t
or
-arrow B-. The catches -2- must engage securely.

his
ate
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

lkswage es n
y V Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ua ➤
o ot g
d b ran
ho
ir se Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 tee
ut or
a ac
ss
2.32 Left/Right Front Reading Lamp Button -
ce
le
un
pt
E633- / -E634- , Removing and Installing
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
The Left Front Reading Lamp Button - E633- / Right Front Read‐
ility
ot p
ing Lamp Button - E634- is a component of the Front Interior Lamp
wit
is n
- WX1- and cannot be replaced separately.
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Controls 277
3 Anti-Theft Alarm System

⇒ “3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring”, page 278
⇒ “3.2 Alarm Horn H12 , Removing and Installing”, page 279
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor G578 , Removing and
3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring
Note
The Sedan is shown. The Wagon is identical.
1 - Anti-Theft Alarm System

Sensor - G578-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm
System Sensor G578 ,
ling”, page 279 .
❑ After replacing adjust.
Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm
System Sensor G578 ,
ling”, page 279 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
w oes
olks not
2 - Screw db
yV gu
ara
ise nte
❑ 1 Nm tho r eo
au ra
❑ Quantity:
ss 2 or 4, de‐ c
pending on version
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
3 - Cover
y li
erm
ab

ility
ot p
ling. Refer to
wit
, is n
⇒ “3.3.2 Anti-Theft
h re
hole
Alarm System Sensor

spec
G578 , Removing and

es, in part or in w
Installing, Version with

t to the co
Four Screws”,
page 281 .
rrectness of i
4 - Interior Monitoring And Ve‐

hicle Inclination Deactivation
l purpos
Button - E616-
nf
ercia
ling. Refer to
orm
⇒ “2.22 Interior Monitor‐

m
atio
m
ing And Vehicle Inclina‐

o
n in
c
tion Deactivation Button

or
thi
e
E616 , Removing and

t
sd
iva

o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
5 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-

t.
yi Co
op
❑ With Central Locking and Anti-Theft Alarm System Antenna - R47-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Overview - Control Modules”, page 298 . p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
6 - Alarm Horn - H12- Prote AG.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Alarm Horn H12 , Removing and Installing”, page 279 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
7 - Nut olks
w not
byV gu
ara
❑ 9 Nm ris
ed nte
ho eo
❑ Quantity:
sa
u 2
t ra
c
s
8 - Bracket
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Alarm Horn H12 , Removing and Installing”, page 279 .
itte
y li
erm
ab
9 - Nut
ility
ot p
wit
❑ 6 Nm
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3.2 Alarm Horn - H12- , Removing and In‐
stalling
rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Exterior;
m
atio
m
Rep. Gr. 50 ; Bulkhead; Plenum Chamber Cover, Removing

o
n in
c
and Installing .
or
thi
te
sd
a

iv
o
r
rp
cu
o
– Remove the alarm horn -1- with the bracket -4- from the ple‐ m
f
en
ng
t.
num chamber.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Disconnect the connector -5-. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– If necessity remove the nut -2-. Prote
cted AG.
agen
– Remove the alarm horn -1- from the bracket -4-.

Installing
the following:
♦ Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring”, page 278
3.3 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor -

G578- , Removing and Installing
⇒ “3.3.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor G578 , Removing and
Installing, Version with Two Screws”, page 279
⇒ “3.3.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor G578 , Removing and
Installing, Version with Four Screws”, page 281
3.3.1 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor -

G578- , Removing and Installing, Ver‐
sion with Two Screws
Removing
3. Anti-Theft Alarm System 279


– Remove the roof module -1- in the direction of the -arrow A-.

-arrows A and B-.
– Remove the Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- -1- from
the roof module.
– Release the mounting tabs in the direction of the arrows
-A and B-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
– Remove the individual sensor -1- from the roof module.
y li
erm
ab
ility
Installing
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
the following:
spec
es, in part or in w
If the Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- is being replaced, t to the co

then it must be adapted using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.3.2 Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor -

G578- , Removing and Installing, Ver‐
sion with Four Screws
Caution

. Volkswagen AG
adhesive tape over the component win en AG
agthe visible area. does
lks n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
ris tee
Removing tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
– Using the -3409- pry the cover -1- in the area of the -arrows-.
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the roof module -2-.
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the mounting tabs in the direction of the arrows

-A and B-.
– Remove the Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- -1- from
the roof module.
-arrows A and B-.
3. Anti-Theft Alarm System 281

– Remove the individual sensor -1- from the roof module.

Installing
the following:
If the Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor - G578- is being replaced,
then it must be adapted using the Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant ar2015 ➤
ise an
r tee
tho Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015o
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl
pt
4 Driver Assistance Systems Front
du
an
itte
y li
Camera
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
⇒ “4.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera, Removing and
, is n
h re
hole
spec
4.1 Driver Assistance Systems Front Cam‐
es, in part or in w
t to the co
era, Removing and Installing
Removing
rrectness of i
– Remove the ignition key, if equipped. l purpos
nf
ercia
– Remove the mirror base cover. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
orm
Gr. 68 ; Rearview Mirror; Overview - Rearview Mirror .
m
atio
om
n in
– Unclip the Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera - R242-
or c
thi
-2- in the direction of the -arrow A- from the clamps -1-.
te
sd
iva
o
r
– Remove the Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera - R242-

rp
cu
o
m
-1- in the direction of the -arrow B- from the bracket.
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Installing
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
AG.
the following:
– Calibrate the Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera -
R242- . Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr.
44 ; Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera; Driver Assis‐
tance Systems Front Camera, Calibrating .
4. Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera 283

5 Cigarette Lighter and Socket

⇒ “5.1 Overview - Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V”,
page 284
⇒ “5.2 Cigarette Lighter U1 , Removing and Installing”,
page 285
⇒ “5.3 Socket Illumination Bulb L42 , Removing and Installing”,
page 285
⇒ “5.4 Rear Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb L32 , Removing
⇒ “5.5 Socket U , Removing and Installing”, page 285
⇒ “5.6 Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V U13 , Removing and
5.1 Overview - Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V
1 - Bracket
❑ To mount the Converter
with Socket, 12 V-230 V
- U13-
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.6 Converter with
Socket, 12 V-230 V
U13 , Removing and In‐
2 - Screw
agen oes
❑ Quantity: 4 olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
❑ To secure the Converterorise nte
with Socket, 12 V-230 autV
h eo
ra
- U13- to the bracket
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
3 - Bolt
du
an
itte
y li
❑ 9 Nm
erm
ab
ility
❑ Quantity: 2
ot p
wit
, is n
❑ To secure the bracket in

h re
the side panel

hole
spec
es, in part or in w
4 - Converter with Socket, 12

t to the co
V-230 V - U13-
❑ Must not be opened.
rrectness of i
❑ No repairs on the con‐

nector, on the lines and
l purpos
on the 230 V socket

nf
ercia
ling. Refer to
or
⇒ “5.6 Converter with

m
m
atio
Socket, 12 V-230 V
om
n in
U13 , Removing and In‐

or c
thi

te
sd
iva
o
r
5 - Connector
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
❑ 12-V input voltage

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5.2 Cigarette Lighter - U1- , Removing and

Installing
trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 96 ; Cigarette
Lighter and Socket .
5.3 Socket Illumination Bulb - L42- , Remov‐

ing and Installing
All instructions and information on .this
gen AG
Volkschapter.
wagen AG Refer to ⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment General VolkInformation;
swa Rep. Gr. d96
oes; Cigarette
not
Lighter and Socketed. by gu
ara
ris nte
ho e
5.4 Rear
ss
au
t
Cigarette Lighter Illumination Bulb
or
ac
- L32- , Removing and Installing
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
5.5 Socket - U- , Removing and Installing
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
5.6 Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V -
U13- , Removing and Installing
l purpos

nform
ercia

m
a
com
tion in
r
WARNING
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
There is a danger of electric shock.

um
fo
en
ng
t.
♦ The Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V - U13- housing
yi Co
op
contains condensers that can be charged with residual
C py
t. rig
gh
voltage.
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
♦ The Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V - U13- housing
agen
Prote AG.
must not be opened under any circumstances.
♦ No repairs may be performed on the harness connector,
on the wires and the 230 V-outlet.
♦ If there is a fault at harness connector, at wires, at 230 V-
socket or in the converter, the complete unit must always
be replaced.
Caution

Removing:
5. Cigarette Lighter and Socket 285

n AG. Volkswagen A
– Remove the right luggage compartment
olks
wage side trim panel. Refer
G do
es n
ot
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.d 70by ; Luggage Compartment Trim guar
V
Panels; Luggage Compartmentris
e
Side Trim Panel, Removing an
tee
ho
and Installing . au
t or
a
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
– Remove the screws -4 and 5-.

itte
y li
erm
ab
– Remove the Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V - U13- -2- with
ility
ot p
the bracket -3-.
wit
is n
h re
ole,
– Remove the bolts -3-.
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
– Remove the Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V - U13- -1- from
cial p
f in
the bracket -2-.
form
mer
atio
Installing:
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
a
iv
o
pr
cum
r
fo
♦ Refer to
en
ng
t.
yi
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Converter with Socket, 12 V-230 V”,
Co
op py
page 284
. C rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Special Tools
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Special Tools 287

Electrical Equipment -AEdition
G. Volksw12.2015
agen A
n G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
97 – Wiring
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
1 Relay Carriers, Fuse Panels and E-

un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
Boxes
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay Carriers, Fuse
wit
is n
h re
Panels and E-Boxes”, page 288
ole,
spec
⇒ “1.2 E-Box, Removing and Installing”, page 290
t to the co
⇒ “1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Removing and Installing”,
page 292
rrectne
⇒ “1.4 Relay and Fuse Carrier Behind Instrument Panel on Driver
Side, Removing and Installing”, page 294
ss
1.1 Component Location Overview - Relay
o
cial p
f in
Carriers, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes
form
mer
atio
⇒ “1.1.1 Relay Carriers, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes”, page 288
om
n
c
i
or
n
⇒ “1.1.2 Relay Carrier and Instrument Panel/A-Pillar Fuse Panel”,
thi
te
sd
page 290
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
1.1.1 Relay Carriers, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes

en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
1 - Front Cover py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ For engine compart‐
agen
Prote AG.
ment E-box
2 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
4 - Wire
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Coolant fan
5 - Wire
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Terminal 30
6 - Wire
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Electro-mechanical
power steering
7 - Wire
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Battery positive
8 - Wire
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Terminal 30
9 - Wire
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Generator - C-
10 - Fuse Panel A - SA-
288 Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring

ling. Refer to ⇒ “1.3.2 Fuse Panel A SA , Removing and Installing”, page 293 .
11 - Mounting Bracket
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3.2 Fuse Panel A SA , Removing and Installing”, page 293 .
12 - Cover
❑ For engine compartment E-box
13 - Relay and Fuse Panel B - SB-
❑ With connecting bracket for fuse panel A
⇒ “1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Removing and Installing”, page 292 .
14 - Wire
❑ 6 Nm
15 - Bracket
❑ For Engine Control Module - J623-
16 - Engine Compartment E-Box
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 E-Box, Removing and Installing”, page 290 .
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1. Relay Carriers, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes 289

1.1.2 Relay Carrier and Instrument Panel/A-Pillar Fuse Panel
Note AG. Volkswagen AG d

agen oes
olksw not
V
The Sedan is shown. The Wagon d is
b identical.
y gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
1 - Bracket
le
un
pt
an
d
❑ For Parking Aid Control

itte
y li
Module - J446- / Parallel
rm
ab
pe
ility
Parking Assistance
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
ling. Refer to
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Control Module J791
rrectness of i
l purpos
2 - Bracket
nform
ercia
❑ For Vehicle Electrical

m
a
com
t
- J519-
ion in
r

te o
thi
ling. Refer to
s
iva
do
⇒ “2.6 Vehicle Electrical
r
rp
cum
fo

en
ng
t.
J519 Bracket, Remov‐
yi Co
op
C py
t. rig
gh
301 .
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
3 - Fuse Panel C - SC-
agen
Prote AG.

ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Relay and Fuse
Carrier Behind Instru‐
ment Panel on Driver
Side, Removing and In‐
4 - Screw
❑ 3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
1.2 E-Box, Removing and Installing

Removing
– Remove the Engine Control Module - J623- and set it aside
with the connectors attached. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 23 ; Engine
Control Module; Engine Control Module - J623- , Removing
and Installing or ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24 ; Engine Control Module; En‐
gine Control Module - J623- , Removing and Installing .

– Push the release button in direction of -arrows-.

– Remove the engine compartment E-box cover -1-.
– Release the mounting tab -2- with a screwdriver, and remove

the front cover -1- upward in direction of -arrow-.
– Cut the lower cable ties on the wiring harness.
– Release the retainers -1, 2 and 4- -arrow- and remove the fuse
panel B -3- and set it aside.
– Remove the nuts -arrows- and remove the Engine Control
Module - J623- -1- bracket. G. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage e
– Release the mounting tab -3- and Vol disengage the engine com‐ ot gu
ks sn
by
partment E-box -2- from the
isethreaded pin.
d ara
nt r ee
ho
aut or
ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ Volksw not
gu
y
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 rise
d b ara
nte
tho eo
au ra
– Remove the engine compartment E-box upward. ss c
ce
e
nl
Installing
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
♦ Refer to
hole
spec
⇒ “1.1.1 Relay Carriers, Fuse Panels and E-Boxes”,
es, in part or in w
page 288
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Remov‐

p
cum
for
en
g
ing and Installing

n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “1.3.1 Fuse Panel B SB , Removing and Installing”,
ht
pyri by
page 292
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “1.3.2 Fuse Panel A SA , Removing and Installing”,
page 293
1.3.1 Fuse Panel B - SB- , Removing and In‐

stalling
Removing
– Press the release buttons in direction of -arrow- and remove
the cover -1- for the engine compartment E-box.
– Release the mounting tab -2- with a screwdriver, and remove

the front cover -1- upward in direction of -arrow-.
– For reinstallation, mark the wires at the bolted connections.

– Remove the nuts -1, 2, 4, 5 and 6-.

– Free up the wire -arrow-.
– Cut the lower cable ties on the wiring harness.
– Release the retainers -1, 2 and 4- in direction of -arrow-, re‐

move the Fuse Panel B - SB- -3- and set it aside.
Installing
the following:
– Attach and tighten the wires according to the markings on
Fuse Panel A - SA- .
Tightening Specifications AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
♦ Refer to by Vol
gu
ara
⇒ “1.1.1 Relay Carriers,
rise
d
Fuse Panels and E-Boxes”, nte
page 288 autho eo
ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
1.3.2 Fuse Panel A - SA- , Removing and In‐

es, in part or in w
t to the co
stalling
Removing
rrectness of i
– Remove the Fuse Panel B - SB- . Refer to

l purpos
⇒ “1.3 E-Box Relay and Fuse Panels, Removing and Instal‐

ling”, page 292 .
nform
ercia
– Remove the mounting bracket -4- upward from the Fuse Panel
B - SB- .
m
a
com
tion in
– Release the mounting tab -1- in direction of -arrow- and fuse

r
te o
panel A -2- downward from the fuse panel B -3-.

thi
s
iva
do
r
Installing
rp
cum
fo
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ lkswage es n
o ot g
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
1.4 Relay and Fuse Carrier Behind Instru‐ ss
a ac
ce
e
ment Panel on Driver Side, Removing
nl
pt
du
an
itte
and Installing
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the instrument panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel, Removing and
Installing .
rrectness of i
– Release the mounting tab -2 and 4- -A arrows-. l purpos
– Remove fuse panel C -3- to the rear from the bracket -1-
-arrow B-.
nform
ercia
– Remove the wires.

m
at
om
The exact assignment can be found the applicable wiring dia‐
ion
c
gram. Refer to ⇒ Wiring diagrams, Troubleshooting & Component
in t
or
his
e
locations.
at
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
Take photos of the alignment. yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing

2 Control
lksw
agenModules AG does
AG. Volkswagen
n
o ot g
yV u
⇒ “2.1 Component
ed
b Location Overview - Control Modules”,
ara
nte
ris
page 295
ut
ho eo
ra
sa c
⇒ “2.2
s Overview - Control Modules”, page 298
ce
e
nl
pt
du
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface”, page
an
itte
y li
299
erm
ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
⇒ “2.5 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface J533 , Removing
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
⇒ “2.6 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Bracket,
rrectness of i
⇒ “2.7 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Bracket,
Replacing”, page 302
l purpos
⇒ “2.8 Parking Aid Control Module J446 / Parallel Parking As‐

sistance Control Module J791 Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
nform
ercia
page 302
m
at
om
io
2.1 Component Location Overview - Control
n
c
in t
or
Modules his
ate
do
priv
⇒ “2.1.1 Component Location Overview - Front Control Modules”,

um
for
en
g
page 295
n
t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ “2.1.2 Component Location Overview - Rear Control Modules”,
t. rig
gh ht
yri
page 297 p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
2.1.1 Component Location Overview - Front Control Modules
Prote AG.
Note
2. Control Modules 295

1 - Data Bus On Board Diag‐

nostic Interface - J533-
⇒ “2.3 Overview - Data
Bus On Board Diagnos‐
tic Interface”,
page 299 .
2 - Bracket
trol Modules”,
page 298 .
⇒ “2.2 Overview - Con‐ gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
swa
trol Modules”, y V olk not
gu
page 298 . rised b ara
nt ee
tho or
4 - Bracket s au ac
s
ce
e
nl
pt
⇒ “9.1.2 Overview -
du
an
itte
Rear Parking Aid, Se‐

y li
erm
dan”, page 199 . ab

ility
ot p
5 - Parking Aid Control Module wit

, is n
h re
- J446- / Parallel Parking As‐
hole
spec
sistance Control Module -
es, in part or in w
J791-
t to the co
⇒ “9.1 Overview - Park‐
ing Aid”, page 197 .
rrectness of i

l purpos
face - J965-
❑ Component location
nform
ercia
overview. Refer to
⇒ “7.1 Component Lo‐
m
at
om
cation Overview - Access/Start Authorization System”, page 166 .

ion
c
in t
or
7 - Headlamp Range Control Module - J431- / Cornering Lamp and Headlamp Range Control Module - J745-
his
ate
do
riv
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ “11.1 Overview - Automatic Headlamp Range Control”, page 209 .
p
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.1.2 Component Location Overview - Rear Control Modules
1 - Auxiliary Engine Coolant

Heater Radio Frequency Re‐
ceiver - R149-
ling. Refer to ⇒ Heating,
Ventilation and Air Con‐
ditioning.; Rep. Gr. 82 ;
Additional Components
for Control and Regula‐
tion; Auxiliary Engine
Coolant Heater Radio
Frequency Receiver -
R149- Removing and
Installing
2 - Mobile Communication 2-
Way Signal Amplifier - J984-
ling. Refer to ⇒ Com‐
munication; Rep. Gr.
91 ; Telephone System; AG. Volkswagen AG d
Component Location lksw
agen oes
not
Overview - Telephone d by Vo gu
ara
System . orise nte
th eo
u ra
3 - Engine Sound Generator ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
❑ Not installed
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
4 - Bolt
ility
ot p
❑ Not installed
wit
, is n
h re
5 - Electronic Damping Control
hole
spec
Module - J250-
es, in part or in w
t to the co
Suspension, Wheels,
rrectness of i
Electronic Damping;
Overview - Electronic
l purpos
Damping .
6 - Towing Recognition Control Module - J345-
nform
ercia

m
⇒ “12.3 Towing Recognition Control Module J345 , Removing and Installing”, page 215 . at
om
ion
c
in t
or
his
ate
do
priv
cum
for
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2 Overview - Control Modules
1 - Parking Aid Control Module

- J446- / Parallel Parking As‐
sistance Control Module -
J791-
❑ With parking aid: Park‐
ing Aid Control Module -
J446-
⇒ “9.1 Overview - Park‐
ing Aid”, page 197 .
❑ With parallel parking as‐
sist: Parallel Parking As‐
- J791-
⇒ “10.1 Overview - Par‐
allel Parking Assist”,
page 206 .
2 - Bracket
❑ For Parking Aid Control
Module - J446- / Parallel
Parking Assistance
ling. Refer to
Control Module J791
3 - Bracket
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ For Vehicle Electrical ksw
agen oes
not
l
System Control Module by Vo gu
ara
- J519- rise
d
nte
ho eo
❑ Removing and instal‐ s a ut ra
c
ling. Refer to s
ce
e
⇒ “2.6 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 301 .
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
4 - Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-

erm
ab
ility

ot p
wit
⇒ “2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Removing and Installing”, page 299 .
, is n
h re
hole
5 - Guide
spec
es, in part or in w
❑ For the center connector

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
298
c by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.97 - Wiring Prote AG.
2.3 Overview - Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface
1 - Connector
❑ For Data Bus On Board agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Diagnostic Interface
Volksw - not
gu
y
J533- se
d b ara
n ri tee
ho
2 - Data BusauOn
t Board Diag‐ or
ac
nostic Interface
ss - J533-
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
ling. Refer to
y li
erm
ab
⇒ “2.5 Data Bus On
ility
ot p
Board Diagnostic Inter‐
wit
face J533 , Removing
, is n
h re
and Installing”,
hole
spec
page 300 .
es, in part or in w
t to the co
3 - Bolt
tion. Refer to ⇒ Body
rrectness of i
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Instrument Panel Cen‐
l purpos
tral Tube; Overview - In‐

strument Panel Central
nf
ercia
Tube .
orm
m
4 - Crash Bracket
atio
om
❑ Overview. Refer to ⇒ n in
or c
thi
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
te
sd
a
70 ; Instrument Panel
iv
o
r
rp
cu
Central Tube; Overview

o
m
f
en
ng
- Instrument Panel Cen‐ yi

t.
Co
tral Tube . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
5 - Instrument Panel Central p by
co Vo
Tube
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Mod‐

ule - J519- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Passenger Compartment Trim; A-Pillar Trim
Panel, Removing and Installing .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ thor eo
u ra
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 ss a c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Release and disconnect the connectors -1, 2, and 3-.
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
– To disconnect the connector press the circlip -1-.
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi
– Pivot the retaining bracket in direction of -arrow- and remove
Co
op py
the connector. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Release the springs -arrow-, pivot the Vehicle Electrical Sys‐

tem Control Module - J519- -4- out of the bracket -5- and
remove downward.
Installing
2.5 Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface

- J533- , Removing and Installing

Removing
– Release the connector -1- and disconnect, to do this grasp
upward behind the pedal bracket.
– To disconnect the connector press the circlip and remove the
connector.
– Release the retainers in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove the Data Bus On Board Diagnostic Interface - J533-
-3- downward from the bracket -2-.
Installing

ule - J519- Bracket, Removing and In‐
stalling
Removing
– Remove the instrument panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Instrument Panel; Instrument Panel, Removing and
Installing . AG. Volkswagen A G do gen
es n swa
– Cut the cable tie -arrow-.
by
Vol
k ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
– Disengage the fusetho panel C and press aside. Refer to tee
or
⇒ “1.4 Relay andau Fuse Carrier Behind Instrument Panel on ac
ss
Driver Side, Removing and Installing”, page 294 .
ce
e
nl
pt
du
– Release and disconnect the connector from the Front Parking

an
itte
y li
Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- .

erm
ab
ility
ot p
– Release and disconnect the connector on the Vehicle Electri‐

wit
, is n
cal System Control Module - J519- . Refer to

h re
⇒ “2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐

hole
spec
moving and Installing”, page 299 .

es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Release and disconnect the connector on the Parking Aid

Control Module - J446- / Parallel Parking Assistance Control
Module - J791- .
rrectness of i
– Remove the diagnostic connector, to do this release the lock‐

l purpos
ing mechanism on the bracket and remove the bracket out‐

ward.
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove the bolts -2, 3, and 6-.

– Push the bracket -1- as far as possible out of the central tube
until the alignment pins -4- and -5- are disengaged.
– Cut the cable ties -arrows-.
– Free up the wiring harness on the mount.
– Remove the bracket to the vehicle interior.
Installing
Bracket for Vehicle Electrical 4.5 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
System Control Module - J519- agen oes
olksw not
to central tube d by V gu
ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e

nl
pt
du
an
itte
ule - J519- Bracket, Replacing
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
Removing
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
– Remove the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519-
bracket. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 Brack‐
rrectness of i
et, Removing and Installing”, page 301 .
l purpos
– Remove the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module -

J519- . Refer to
nform
ercia
⇒ “2.4 Vehicle Electrical System Control Module J519 , Re‐

moving and Installing”, page 299 .
m
at
om
– Remove the Parking Aid Control Module - J446- / Parallel ion

c
in t
r
Parking Assistance Control Module - J791- . Refer to

o
his
te

a
do
riv

p
cum
for
en
ng
– Remove the Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer - H22- . Refer

t.
yi Co
op
to C py
t. rig
gh
⇒ “9.3 Front Parking Aid Warning Buzzer H22 , Removing and
ht
pyri by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
2.8 Parking Aid Control Module - J446- /

Parallel Parking Assistance Control
Module - J791- Bracket, Removing and
Installing
♦ Feeler Gauge
Removing

– If equipped: remove the Parking Aid Control Module - J446- /

Parallel Parking Assistance Control Module - J791- . Refer to
– To loosen the retainers, insert a 0.9 mm feeler gauge -2- be‐
hind the opening -arrow- as illustrated.
– Remove the bracket -1- from below from the Vehicle Electrical
System Control Module - J519- -3- bracket.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3 Connectors
⇒ “3.1 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing”,
page 304
3.1 Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Re‐

pairing
⇒ “3.1.1 Electric Wiring Harnesses and Connectors, Repairing”,
page 304
⇒ “3.1.2 Connector Housings and Connectors, Repairing”,
page 304
3.1.1 Electric Wiring Harnesses and Connec‐

tors, Repairing
trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Connectors .
3.1.2 Connector Housings and Connectors,

Repairing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Connector Housings, Releasing and

Disassembling
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Connector Housings, Releasing and Disassembling 305

5 Antenna Wires, Repairing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Fiber-Optic Cable
Volkswa
All instructions and informationswon
agethis
n AGchapter.
.
Referdoto
gen AG
es n⇒ Elec‐
trical Equipment General bInformation;
y Volk Rep. Gr. 97 ; Connectors
ot g
ua .
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
rm
ab
pe
ility
ot
wit
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nform
mercia
a
com
tion in
r
te o
thi
s
iva
do
r
rp
cum
fo
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6. Fiber-Optic Cable 307

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 2015 ➤ , Golf Variant 2015 ➤ d by
V gu
ara
e nte
Electrical Equipment - Edition 12.2015 horis
eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
7 Vehicle Diagnostic Tester
nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
trical Equipment General Information; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Vehicle
wit
Diagnostic Tester .
, is n
h re
hole
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos
nf
ercia
orm
m
atio
om
n in
or c
thi
te
sd
iva
o
r
rp
cu
o
m
f
en
ng
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8 Revision History
DRUCK NUMBER: K0059241521
Fac‐ Edit Job Fe Notes Quality
tory Edi‐ Type ed‐ Checke
Edi‐ tion ba d By
tion ck
12.2 1/15/ Fac‐ Added MRPs and deleted Jim H

015 2016 tory tool names from text.
Up‐
date
02.2 08/2 Edit‐ Tom P
015 8/20 ing
15 Re‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
view by Vol not
gu
ara
e d
02.2 07/3 Lo‐ 11horisNote added to Headlamp, Tom P nte
eo
015 0/20 cal s a11 Removing and Installing
ut ra
c
15 Fac‐s 87 chapter. Reference to full
ce
le
tory 6 bumper cover removal only

un
pt
an
d
Feed when removing both head‐

itte
y li
back light assemblies.
erm
ab
ility
ot p
02.2 05/1 Lo‐ 10 Correction to negative bat‐ Tom P
wit
is n
015 1/20 cal 96 tery cable torques specifica‐
h re
ole,
15 Fac‐ 29 tions until factory update is
spec
tory 7 provided.
Feed
t to the co
back
02.2 03/2 Fac‐ N/ Eric P
015 4/20 tory A rrectne
15 Up‐
date
ss o
01/1 Lo‐ Ch 1070575 Tom P

cial p
f in
2/20 cal an
form
mer
15 Feed ge
atio
back d
om
win
c
i
or
der
thi
te
sd
a
wa
iv
o
pr
sh
um
r
fo
ers
en
ng
t.
yi Co
to Cop py
wip
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ers
p by
co Vo
by lksw
wh Prote
cted AG.
agen
ere
ap‐
pli‐
ca‐
ble
4/21/ Fac‐ N/ Jim H
2014 tory A
New
8. Revision History 309

Cautions & Warnings
Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.
AG. Volkswagen A
agen G do
es n
ksw
y Vol ot g
ua
•= b
If you lack the isskills, tools and equipment, or a suitable raworkshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
ed nte
r
suggest you thleave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen
o e o retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
au ra
you to consult
ss an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning c repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
ce
e
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.

nl
pt
du
an
itte
y li
•=
erm
Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) whenever you work on the fuel system or the electrical
ab
ility
system. Do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.
ot p
wit
, is n
h re
•= Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
hole
spec
are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always
es, in part or in w
t to the co
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.
•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
rrectness of i
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).
l purpos
•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a
nform
ercia
vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work under the vehicle while the engine is running.
m
at
om
io
•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correct radio activation code before disconnecting the
n
c
in t
r
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered when the power is restored, the radio may lock up and
o
his
ate
become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later attempt.

do
priv
cum
for
en
g
•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to
n
i t.
py Co
keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from
t. Co py
rig
starting the vehicle while you are under it.
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
•= Prote
Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
AG.
others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
being fully alert.
•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.
•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
injury could result.
•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.
Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.
n AG en AG . Volkswag
•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discsksmay
wagecontain asbestos dfibers.
oes Do not create dust by
ol not
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressedbyair. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers
V gu and asbestos dust.
ara
d
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases ise
or such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.
nte
e th or
au ac
ss
•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
ce
e
nl
pt
crushed by heavy parts.
du
an
itte
y li
erm
ab
•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
ility
ot p
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work and use only
wit
, is n
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications. Makeshift tools, parts and procedures will not make good
h re
hole
repairs.
spec
es, in part or in w
t to the co
•= Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and burn spontaneously.
rrectness of i
l purpos
•= Use pneumatic and electric tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. Never use these tools to tighten
fasteners, especially on light alloy parts. Always use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners to the tightening torque
listed.
nform
mercia
at
•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
om
ion
c
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.
in t
or
his
ate
do
riv
•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of
p
cum
or
the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that
f
en
ng
t.
yi
govern the disposal of wastes. Cop
Co
py
ht. rig
rig ht
•=
by
The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be by copy Vo
lksw
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment, Prote
cted AG.
agen
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
automotive chemical refrigerants.
•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase
system pressure and may cause the system to burst.
•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s).
•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.
Page 2 of 3
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.
•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.
•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.
•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the
vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
I have read and I understand d byV
o
these Cautions and gWarnings.
ua
ran
ise
or tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un
pt
an
d
itte
y li
erm
ab
ility
ot p
wit
is n
h re
ole,
spec
t to the co
rrectness o
cial p
f inform
mer
atio
om
n
c
i
or
n thi
te
sd
iva
o
pr
cum
r
fo
en
ng
i t.
py Co
t. Co py
rig
h ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Page 3 of 3
Version 1.0

Volkswagen Golf 2015 Repair Manual - Electrical Equipment

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Volkswagen Golf 2015 Repair Manual - Electrical Equipment

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service

Service Department. Technical Information

All rights reserved.

Copyright © 2016 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D4B80416634

00 - General, Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

27 - Battery, Starter, Generator, Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

3.2 Starter, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

4 Cruise Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

5.1 General Description for Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

5.2 Component Location Overview - Start/Stop System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

6 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

6.1 Component Location Overview - Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

6.3 Adaptive Cruise Control, Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

1.1 Overview - Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

1.2 Instrument Cluster KX2 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

2.1 Overview - Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

1.1 Overview - Windshield Wiper System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

4 Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

4.1 Overview - Rear Window Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

4.2 Washer Fluid Reservoir, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

5.1 Overview - Headlamp Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

5.3 Headlamp Washer Pump V11 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

5.6 Lift Cylinder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

6 Washer Fluid Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

6.1 Washer Fluid Hoses, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

3 Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

3.1 Overview - Lamps in Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

4.3 Rear Lid Tail Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

4.9 Back-Up Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

4.10 Turn Signal Bulb, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

5 High-Mounted Brake Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

8.5 Steering Column Switch Module, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

13.4 Blind Spot Detection, Calibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

14 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

96 - Interior Lights, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

1.1 Component Location Overview - Instrument Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

1.2 Component Location Overview - Front Door Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

1.5 Component Location Overview - Luggage Compartment Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

1.6 Component Location Overview - Roof Trim Panel Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

1.7 Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

1.8 Bulb for Glove Compartment Lamp W6 , Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

2.26 Start System Button E378 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

2.27 Rear Lid Contact Switch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

2.29 Sunroof Button E325 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

2.31 Rear Interior Lamp/Reading Lamp, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

3 Anti-Theft Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

3.1 Overview - Interior Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2 Alarm Horn H12 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

4 Driver Assistance Systems Front Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

5.3 Socket Illumination Bulb L42 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

8 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

00 – General, Technical Data

Danger of personal injury because the engine can start auto‐

matically on vehicles with Stop/Start System.

♦ If necessary, the engine can be started automatically on

1.2 Safety Precautions, Road Test with

If Measuring Equipment Are Required during a Test Drive, Ob‐

serve the Following:

There is a risk due to deployment of the front passenger airbag

any possible residual voltage.

move the ignition key.